8927 lines
360 KiB
Plaintext
8927 lines
360 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2017
|
||
# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2017
|
||
# Florian Hatat, 2017
|
||
# Stéphane GUILLY <stephane.guilly@laposte.net>, 2017
|
||
# ShevAbam, 2017
|
||
# Benjamin Frantzen, 2017
|
||
# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2017
|
||
# Nicolas Seinlet <nicolas@seinlet.com>, 2017
|
||
# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2017
|
||
# Lionel Sausin <ls@numerigraphe.com>, 2017
|
||
# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2017
|
||
# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2017
|
||
# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017
|
||
# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2017
|
||
# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2017
|
||
# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2017
|
||
# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017
|
||
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
|
||
# Micky Jault <micky037@hotmail.fr>, 2017
|
||
# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2017
|
||
# Martin Trigaux, 2017
|
||
# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2018
|
||
# Thomas Dobbelsteyn <tdo@odoo.com>, 2018
|
||
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: fr\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Codes-barres"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Daily Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Opérations journalières"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment réaliser un ajustement d'inventaire avec des codes à barres ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
|
||
msgid "From the Barcode application:"
|
||
msgstr "Depuis l'application code-barre :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7
|
||
msgid "Click on **Inventory**"
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Inventaire**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or"
|
||
" use the keyboard to set the quantity)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Scannez tous les articles (Si vous avez 5 articles identiques, scannez-les 5"
|
||
" fois, ou utilisez le clavier pour préciser la quantité)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the "
|
||
"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; "
|
||
"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
|
||
"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to process delivery orders?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment traiter des ordres de livraison ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on "
|
||
"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
|
||
"scan products directly)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il y a deux approches pour procéder aux commandes de livraison: vous pouvez "
|
||
"soit travailler sur des documents papier (et scanner les lignes des "
|
||
"documents), ou sur un écran (et scanner les produits directement)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Process printed delivery orders:"
|
||
msgstr "Traiter les ordres de livraison imprimés:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
|
||
"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the "
|
||
"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the "
|
||
"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily "
|
||
"accessible, visible or is missing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to "
|
||
"finish the operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product."
|
||
msgstr "Ramassez et scannez chaque article listé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
|
||
"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right "
|
||
"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to do an internal transfer?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment faire un transfert interne ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:"
|
||
msgstr "Dans Odoo, il y a deux types de transferts internes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceux initialisés automatiquement par le système (par exemple, un contrôle "
|
||
"qualité)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area "
|
||
"of the dashboard)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceux créés par un collègue (par exemple, via une zone de transfert interne "
|
||
"sur le tableau de bord)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13
|
||
msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour faire un transfert Interne :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15
|
||
msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Depuis l'accueil de l'application code-barre, scanner l**'emplacement "
|
||
"source**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Scan the **destination location**"
|
||
msgstr "Scanner l'**emplacement destination**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21
|
||
msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment traiter des lots et des numéros de série avec des codes à barres ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and "
|
||
"outgoing deliveries:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan "
|
||
"the lots/serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate"
|
||
" one automatically"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18
|
||
msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time "
|
||
"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one "
|
||
"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept "
|
||
"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each"
|
||
" product (you can also use the keyboard)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to process incoming receipts?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment traiter des livraisons entrantes ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work "
|
||
"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
|
||
"scan products directly)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
|
||
"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the "
|
||
"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product "
|
||
"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, "
|
||
"visible or is missing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, scannez le code-barres de tous les produits, ou scannez le code-"
|
||
"barres du produit sur la ligne du transfert si celui-ci n'est pas facilement"
|
||
" accessible, visible ou est manquant."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first "
|
||
"one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
|
||
"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right "
|
||
"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137
|
||
msgid "Example"
|
||
msgstr "Exemple"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Open operation interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Scan."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse "
|
||
"and keyboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer votre scanner de code à barres"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
|
||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
|
||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
|
||
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
|
||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||
"be configured to be so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
|
||
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
|
||
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
|
||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to"
|
||
" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
|
||
"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
|
||
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
|
||
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using "
|
||
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
|
||
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
|
||
" it is essential to test it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configurez votre lecteur de code-barres"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Keyboard layout"
|
||
msgstr "Format du clavier"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
|
||
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
|
||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||
msgstr "Retour à la ligne automatique"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
|
||
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
|
||
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
|
||
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
|
||
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
|
||
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment activer les codes à barres dans Odoo ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost "
|
||
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
|
||
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
|
||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more "
|
||
"actions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Set products barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure"
|
||
" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
|
||
"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy "
|
||
"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and "
|
||
"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This "
|
||
"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
|
||
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
|
||
"them)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu "
|
||
"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 "
|
||
"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker "
|
||
"paper."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
|
||
"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Barcode formats"
|
||
msgstr "Formats de code-barre"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||
"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two "
|
||
"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
|
||
"your own barcode format for internal use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion d'entrepôt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory Adjustment"
|
||
msgstr "Ajustement de stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to make the initial inventory?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment faire l'inventaire initial ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to "
|
||
"keep the inventory right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une des plus importantes caractéristiques d'un logiciel de gestion "
|
||
"d'entrepôt est de garder l'inventaire à jour."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial "
|
||
"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in "
|
||
"the right locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que vos articles ont été définis, il est temps de faire "
|
||
"l'inventaire initial. Vous refléterez la réalité en inventoriant les bonnes "
|
||
"quantités aux bons endroits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Product Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration d'article"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> "
|
||
"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the "
|
||
"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le module d'inventaire, ouvrez :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> "
|
||
"Articles`, puis cliquez sur **Créer** pour créer un nouvel article. "
|
||
"Configurez le type d'article à **Produit stockable**, pas à consommable."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Start the initial inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Démarrer l'inventaire initial"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Update the product quantity for one product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have"
|
||
" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'article que vous venez de créer, vous pouvez voir dans les boutons en"
|
||
" haut que nous avons 0 produit en stock. Cliquez sur le lien **Mettre à jour"
|
||
" le stock disponible**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity"
|
||
" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une nouvelle fenêtre apparaît. Dans le champ **Nouvelle quantité "
|
||
"disponible**, saisissez la quantité de produit que vous détenez actuellement"
|
||
" en stock, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to "
|
||
"set the location of your product from this screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"si vous utilisez plusieurs emplacements dans votre entrepôt, vous serez en "
|
||
"mesure de définir l'emplacement de votre produit dans cet écran."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez maintenant voir dans le bouton En stock que la quantité a été "
|
||
"mise à jour."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**"
|
||
" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" "
|
||
"has automatically been created and validated by the system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Maintenant, si vous vérifiez les **Ajustements de stock** dans le menu "
|
||
"**Gestion des stocks**, vous verrez qu'une nouvelle ligne nommée \"INV:(nom "
|
||
"de votre produit)\" a été automatiquement créée et validée par le système."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Multiple products at once"
|
||
msgstr "Plusieurs produits à la fois"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable"
|
||
" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an "
|
||
"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by"
|
||
" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créez tous les articles dont vous voulez suivre le stock (comme produits "
|
||
"stockables). Une fois que les articles sont définis, utilisez une opération "
|
||
"d'inventaire initial pour définir les quantités actuelles par emplacement "
|
||
"dans le système. Aller à :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> Ajustements "
|
||
"de stock` pour commencer votre inventaire initial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location"
|
||
" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as "
|
||
"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub"
|
||
" (or child) locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Donnez-lui un nom (par exemple Inventaire initial) et sélectionnez "
|
||
"l'emplacement du stock de votre inventaire. Notez que lorsque vous "
|
||
"sélectionnez un emplacement parent (comme Stock, qui peut être divisé en "
|
||
"sous-emplacements), vous pouvez également sélectionner les sous-emplacements"
|
||
" (ou enfants)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or "
|
||
"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez choisir de faire un inventaire de tous les produits, de "
|
||
"quelques-uns ou d'un seul. Dans cet exemple, nous choisissons l'option "
|
||
"**Tous les produits**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the "
|
||
"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, "
|
||
"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period "
|
||
"field. The accounting module needs to be installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez besoin de faire votre valorisation de stock pour une période "
|
||
"différente de celle correspondant à la date de fin d'inventaire, saisissez "
|
||
"la période comptable correspondante dans le champ Forcer la date comptable. "
|
||
"Le module de comptabilité doit être installé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you"
|
||
" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products "
|
||
"manually by clicking on **Add an item**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur le bouton **Inventaire de départ**. Selon le type d'inventaire "
|
||
"que vous avez choisi (tous les produits ou une sélection), vous pourriez "
|
||
"avoir à ajouter des articles manuellement en cliquant sur **Ajouter un "
|
||
"élément**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product."
|
||
msgstr "Saisissez la **Quantité réelle** de chaque article en stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"additional information will be available according to the options you "
|
||
"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"des informations supplémentaires seront disponibles selon les options que "
|
||
"vous avez activées (multi-emplacements, numéro de série, stocks consignés)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post "
|
||
"it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur le bouton **Valider l'inventaire** pour confirmer l'inventaire "
|
||
"et le publier."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Reporting"
|
||
msgstr "Rapport"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> "
|
||
"Products`, and click on the **list button**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour vérifier le stock actuel, allez à :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks "
|
||
"--> Articles`, et cliquez sur le **bouton de vue en liste** :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment choisir entre des règles de stock minimum et l'approvisionnement à "
|
||
"la commande ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but "
|
||
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
|
||
"delivery strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles de **Stock Minimum** et d'**Approvisionnement à la commande** ont"
|
||
" des conséquences similaires, mais des règles différentes. Elles doivent "
|
||
"être utilisés en fonction de vos stratégies de fabrication et de livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Terminology"
|
||
msgstr "Terminologie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Minimum stock rule"
|
||
msgstr "Règle de stock minimum"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
|
||
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
|
||
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
|
||
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the "
|
||
"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles de **Stock Minimum** sont utilisées pour être surs d'avoir "
|
||
"toujours des matières premières en stock afin de fabriquer vos articles "
|
||
"et/ou de répondre aux besoins de vos clients. Lorsque le niveau de stock "
|
||
"d'un article atteint son minimum, le système génère automatiquement un "
|
||
"approvisionnement avec la quantité nécessaire pour atteindre le niveau de "
|
||
"stock maximum."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Make to Order"
|
||
msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the "
|
||
"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will "
|
||
"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase "
|
||
"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La fonction **Approvisionnement à la commande** déclenchera une **Commande "
|
||
"Fournisseur** de la quantité de la **Commande Client** relative à l'article."
|
||
" Le système ne vérifiera **pas** la quantité déjà en stock. Cela signifie "
|
||
"qu'une commande forunisseur à l'état brouillon sera générée, indépendamment "
|
||
"de la quantité en stock de l'article."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
|
||
msgstr "Règles de stock minimum"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the "
|
||
"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock "
|
||
"values for a given product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La configuration des Règles de Stock Minimum est disponible via le menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Gestion des stocks --> Règles de "
|
||
"réapprovisionnement`. Là, cliquez sur **Créer** pour définir les valeurs de "
|
||
"stock minimum et maximum pour un article donné."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Active"
|
||
msgstr "Actif/ve"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the "
|
||
"orderpoint without removing it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le champ \"Actif\" n'est pas coché, cela vous permettra de cacher les "
|
||
"points de commande sans les supprimer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Product Unit of Measure"
|
||
msgstr "Unité de mesure d'article"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Unité de mesure par défaut utilisée pour toutes les opérations de stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Procurement Group"
|
||
msgstr "Groupe d'approvisionnement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group."
|
||
" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into "
|
||
"one big picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les mouvements créés à travers cette règle de réapprovisionnement seront mis"
|
||
" dans ce groupe d'approvisionnement. Si aucun n'est donné, les mouvements "
|
||
"générés par les règles de stock seront groupés dans un seul transfert."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Minimum Quantity"
|
||
msgstr "Quantité minimum"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field,"
|
||
" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max "
|
||
"Quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quand le stock virtuel tombe en dessous de la quantité mini indiquée dans de"
|
||
" champ, Odoo génère un approvisionnement pour ramener la quantité prévue à "
|
||
"la quantité maxi."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Maximum Quantity"
|
||
msgstr "Quantité maximale"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a "
|
||
"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as "
|
||
"Max Quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quand le stock virtuel tombe en dessous de la quantité mini, Odoo génère un "
|
||
"approvisionnement pour ramener la quantité prévue à la quantité indiquée "
|
||
"ici."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Quantity Multiple"
|
||
msgstr "Quantité multiple de"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, "
|
||
"the exact quantity will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La quantité à approvisionner sera arrondie à ce multiple. S'il est à 0, la "
|
||
"quantité exacte sera utilisée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Délai"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or "
|
||
"to order to the vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Nombre de jours pour déclancher la règle de point de commande pour recevoir "
|
||
"les produits ou pour commander chez le fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
|
||
"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, cliquez sur votre article pour accéder à sa fiche, et dans l'onglet"
|
||
" **Inventaire**, n'oubliez pas de sélectionner un fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A "
|
||
"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the "
|
||
"stock valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"N'oubliez pas de sélectionner le type d'article correct dans la fiche du "
|
||
"produit. Un consommable ne peut pas être stocké, et ne sera donc pas pris en"
|
||
" compte dans l'évaluation des stocks."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
|
||
"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` "
|
||
"(or any other module where products are available)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La configuration de l'Approvisionnement à la commande est disponible sur la "
|
||
"fiche article via :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Gestion des Stocks --> "
|
||
"Articles` (ou depuis tout autre module où les articles sont disponibles)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62
|
||
msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la fiche article, dans l'onglet **Inventaire**, cochez la case "
|
||
"**Approvisionnement à la commande**. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Choice between the two options"
|
||
msgstr "Choix entre les deux options"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
|
||
"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
|
||
"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
|
||
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le choix entre les deux options est donc dépendant de votre stratégie "
|
||
"d'inventaire. Si vous préférez avoir un stock tampon et toujours avoir au "
|
||
"moins un stock minimum, la règle de stock minimum doit être utilisée. Si "
|
||
"vous souhaitez réapprovisionner vos stocks seulement si votre vente est "
|
||
"confirmée, il est préférable d'utiliser l'Approvisionnement à la commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Livraisons"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment puis-je annuler un ordre de livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Overview"
|
||
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has "
|
||
"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo vous permet d'annuler un ordre de livraison, qu'il ait été validé trop "
|
||
"vite, ou qu'il doive être modifié, ou pour toute autre raison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your "
|
||
"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have "
|
||
"any bad surprise."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Certains transporteurs sont plus souples que d'autres, alors assurez-vous "
|
||
"d'annuler votre ordre de livraison le plus rapidement possible, de sorte que"
|
||
" vous n'ayez pas de mauvaise surprise."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Sale process"
|
||
msgstr "Processus de vente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. "
|
||
"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans le module **Ventes**, cliquez sur **Ventes** puis sur **Bons de "
|
||
"commande**. Puis cliquez sur la commande que vous voulez annuler."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur le bouton **Livraison**, dans le coin en haut à droite de la "
|
||
"commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the "
|
||
"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to"
|
||
" cancel the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Maintenant, cliquez sur l'onglet **Informations additionnelles** et vous "
|
||
"verrez qu'à coté du champ **Référence de suivi du transporteur**, il y a un "
|
||
"bouton **Annuler**. Cliquer sur ce bouton pour annuler la livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will"
|
||
" receive the confirmation of the cancellation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour vous assurez que votre livraison est annulée, vérifiez dans "
|
||
"l'historique, vous recevrez une confirmation de l'annulation."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment puis-je restreindre une méthode de livraison à certains pays ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can "
|
||
"limit them to a certain number of countries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avec Odoo, vous avez différents types de méthodes de livraison, et vous "
|
||
"pouvez les limiter à un certain nombre de pays."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on "
|
||
"**Delivery Methods**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, cliquez sur **Configuration** puis sur "
|
||
"**Méthodes de livraison**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez la méthode de livraison que vous voulez modifier, ou créez-en "
|
||
"une nouvelle."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply "
|
||
"this delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet **Destination**, choisissez les pays auxquels vous voulez "
|
||
"appliquer cette méthode de livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result."
|
||
msgstr "Maintenant que cela est fait, allons voir le résultat."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered "
|
||
"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you "
|
||
"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous allez sur le site web, et que vous essayez d'acheter quelque chose, "
|
||
"une fois que vous avez saisi les détails et que vous procédez au paiement, "
|
||
"le site web vous proposera seulement les méthodes de livraison qui "
|
||
"s'appliquent à votre adresse de livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale "
|
||
"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ce processus ne fonctionne que via le site web. Nous supposons que lorsque "
|
||
"vous créez une commande client, vous savez quelle méthode de livraison vous "
|
||
"pouvez utiliser puisque vous les avez créées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment envoyer des articles aux clients directement par les fournisseurs "
|
||
"(livraison directe) ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is drop-shipping?"
|
||
msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la livraison directe ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be "
|
||
"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery "
|
||
"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in "
|
||
"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-"
|
||
"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, "
|
||
"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore,"
|
||
" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La livraison directe est un système qui permet à des commandes prises dans "
|
||
"votre magasin, d'être expédiés directement par votre fournisseur à votre "
|
||
"client. Dans un système de livraison habituel, les produits sont envoyés par"
|
||
" votre fournisseur à votre entrepôt pour être stockés, puis expédiés à vos "
|
||
"clients après la commande. Avec la livraison directe, aucun article n'est "
|
||
"stocké. Quand un client passe une commande dans votre boutique, l'article "
|
||
"est livré directement du fournisseur au client. Par conséquent, le produit "
|
||
"n'a pas besoin de passer par votre entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Points à prendre en considération lors de la mise en place de la livraison "
|
||
"directe"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in "
|
||
"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that "
|
||
"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of"
|
||
" space in your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utilisez la livraison directe seulement pour les produits que vous ne pouvez"
|
||
" pas, ou ne voulez pas, garder en stock. Une raison est que vous ferez "
|
||
"toujours de plus petites marges sur les articles qui sont livrés "
|
||
"directement, donc vous ne devriez l'utiliser que pour les articles qui "
|
||
"prennent beaucoup d'espace dans votre entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are"
|
||
" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the "
|
||
"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't"
|
||
" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes "
|
||
"sense!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La livraison directe est mieux adaptée aux produits de niche. Il y a des "
|
||
"risques que les produits qui sont en forte demande soient proposés par de "
|
||
"gros fournisseurs à une fraction du prix que vous pouvez facturer, donc "
|
||
"utiliser une méthode de transport plus coûteuse ne sera pas judicieux "
|
||
"financièrement. Mais si votre produit est unique, alors ça a du sens !"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies"
|
||
" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour éviter de mauvaises expériences à vos clients, testez au préalable les "
|
||
"entreprises de livraison directe pour vous-même et sélectionnez les "
|
||
"meilleures."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable "
|
||
"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it"
|
||
" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a"
|
||
" tracking number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Assurez-vous que le temps n'est pas contre vous. La livraison directe "
|
||
"nécessite un délai raisonnable, sûrement pas plus long que si vous aviez "
|
||
"géré tout cela vous-même. De plus, il est agréable de pouvoir fournir à vos "
|
||
"clients un numéro de suivi."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the "
|
||
"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that "
|
||
"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and"
|
||
" that it's subject to availability from a third party."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les articles doivent être disponibles chez votre fournisseur. Il est bon de "
|
||
"savoir si le produit que vous vendez est disponible en amont. Si vous ne "
|
||
"disposez pas de cette information, informez vos clients que vous ne détenez "
|
||
"pas l'article en stock et qu'il est soumis à la disponibilité d'un tiers."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What "
|
||
"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour plus d'informations et d'idées sur la livraison directe, lisez notre "
|
||
"blog `Qu'est-ce que la livraison directe et comment l'utiliser "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-"
|
||
"how-to-use-it-250>`__."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Configuring drop-shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration de la livraison directe"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go "
|
||
"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the"
|
||
" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click "
|
||
"on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||
"Allez à **Emplacement & Entrepôt**, localisez la rubrique **Livraison "
|
||
"directe**et cochez la case **Permettre aux fournisseurs de livrer "
|
||
"directement à vos clients**. Ensuite, cliquez sur **Appliquer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||
"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales "
|
||
"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puis allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Configuration`. Localisez **Routage des commandes** et cochez la case "
|
||
"**Choisir des routes spécifiques à chaque ligne de commande (avancé)**. "
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Appliquer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a "
|
||
"supplier to the products you want to dropship."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Maintenant, ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Ventes --> Articles`. "
|
||
"Ajoutez un fournisseur aux articles que vous voulez livrer directement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
|
||
msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment renvoyer des articles directement des clients aux fournisseurs ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products"
|
||
" that the route is **Dropshipping**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créez une **Commande Client** et précisez sur une ligne de commande pour vos"
|
||
" articles que la route est **Livraison directe**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for "
|
||
"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the "
|
||
"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you "
|
||
"will see that one shipment has been created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Achats --> Achat --> Demande de prix`. La "
|
||
"commande fournisseur brouillon est automatiquement créée par "
|
||
"l'approvisionnement avec la route livraison directe. Une fois que la "
|
||
"commande est confirmée, vous verrez qu'une expédition a été créée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to "
|
||
"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the "
|
||
"dropship card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour confirmer l'envoi du fournisseur au client, revenez dans l'application "
|
||
"**Inventaire**. Sur le tableau de bord, cliquez sur **# A RECEVOIR** de la "
|
||
"fiche kanban Livraison directe."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once"
|
||
" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to "
|
||
"the customer without transiting to your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cela va ouvrir la liste des transferts en livraison directe. Validez le "
|
||
"transfert une fois qu'il a été réalisé. Les articles seront directement "
|
||
"livrés du fournisseur au client sans passer par votre entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103
|
||
msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment choisir le bon flux de stocks pour gérer les ordres de livraison ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your "
|
||
"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle "
|
||
"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous vendez, la "
|
||
"taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de commandes que vous enregistrez chaque"
|
||
" jour... la façon dont vous gérez les livraisons clients peut beaucoup "
|
||
"varier."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo vous permet de gérer les expéditions depuis votre entrepôt de 3 "
|
||
"manières différentes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12
|
||
msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock"
|
||
msgstr "**Une seule étape (expédition)**: Expédition directe du stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Deux étapes (prélèvement + expédition)**: Amener les marchandises à "
|
||
"l'emplacement en sortie de stock avant expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated "
|
||
"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Trois étapes (prélèvement + emballage + expédition)**: Réaliser le "
|
||
"colisage à un emplacement dédié, puis amener les colis en sortie de stock "
|
||
"pour expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high "
|
||
"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the "
|
||
"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows "
|
||
"to handle orders very quickly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les entreprises ayant un assez petit entrepôt et qui ne nécessitent pas"
|
||
" un stock élevé d'articles, ou qui ne vendent pas de produits périssables, "
|
||
"une expédition en une étape est la solution la plus simple, car elle ne "
|
||
"nécessite pas beaucoup de configuration, et elle permet de gérer les "
|
||
"commandes très rapidement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least"
|
||
" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by "
|
||
"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the "
|
||
"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and "
|
||
"especially when the items you stock are big in size."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'utilisation de méthodes d'inventaire telles que FIFO, LIFO et FEFO "
|
||
"nécessite d'avoir au moins deux étapes pour gérer une expédition. La méthode"
|
||
" de prélèvement sera déterminée par la stratégie de retrait, et les articles"
|
||
" prélevés seront ensuite expédiés au client. Cette méthode est également "
|
||
"appropriée si vous gérez des stocks importants, surtout si les articles que "
|
||
"vous avez en stock sont de grande taille."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main "
|
||
"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a "
|
||
"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then "
|
||
"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le système en trois étapes est utile dans des situations plus spécifiques, "
|
||
"en particulier pour le traitement des stocks très importants. Les articles "
|
||
"sont transférés dans une zone d'emballage, où ils sont regroupés par zone de"
|
||
" destination, puis chargés dans les camions pour la livraison finale aux "
|
||
"clients."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53
|
||
msgid "One step flow"
|
||
msgstr "Circuit en une étape"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`"
|
||
msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`one_step`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Two steps flow"
|
||
msgstr "Circuit en deux étapes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`"
|
||
msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`two_steps`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Three steps flow"
|
||
msgstr "Circuit en trois étapes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`"
|
||
msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`three_steps`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How can I change the label type?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment puis-je changer le type d'étiquette ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery "
|
||
"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your "
|
||
"delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez choisir entre différents types d'étiquettes pour vos "
|
||
"ordres de livraison. Suivez les étapes ci-dessous et sélectionnez un type "
|
||
"d'étiquette appropriée à votre livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery"
|
||
" methods**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le module **Inventaire**, allez dans **Configuration** et cliquez sur "
|
||
"**Méthodes de livraison**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
|
||
msgstr "Choisissez une méthode de livraison, puis cliquez sur **Modifier**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one"
|
||
" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the "
|
||
"carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet **Prix**, sous **Etiquettes Fedex de type stock**, vous pouvez"
|
||
" choisir l'un des types d'étiquette disponibles. Les types disponibles "
|
||
"varient selon le transporteur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and "
|
||
"you create a new sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que c'est fait, vous pouvez voir le résultat en allant dans le "
|
||
"module Ventes et en créant une nouvelle commande client."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which"
|
||
" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dès que vous confirmerez la vente et validerez la livraison avec le "
|
||
"transporteur pour lequel vous avez modifié le type d'étiquette, l'étiquette "
|
||
"apparaîtra dans votre historique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type "
|
||
"bottom half for example, here is the difference :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le type d'étiquette par défaut est Letter, et si vous choisissez par exemple"
|
||
" le type Bottom Half, voici la différence :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en une étape (expédition) ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
|
||
"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
|
||
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, "
|
||
"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour une seule étape : quand tous les produits"
|
||
" sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de "
|
||
"livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are "
|
||
"configured to be directly delivered from the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il n'y a pas de configuration nécessaire. Les expéditions par défaut sont "
|
||
"configurées pour être livrées directement depuis le stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping "
|
||
"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
|
||
"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` "
|
||
"and edit the concerned warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Toutefois, si le routage avancé est activé et que vous définissez une autre "
|
||
"configuration d'expédition sur votre entrepôt, vous pourrez revenir à la "
|
||
"configuration de livraison en une seule étape. Aller à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifier l'entrepôt "
|
||
"concerné."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship "
|
||
"Only)**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Configurez l'option Expéditions à **Expédition directe depuis le stock (en 1"
|
||
" étape)**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Create a Sales Order"
|
||
msgstr "Créez une commande client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to "
|
||
"deliver."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créer une commande client (du devis à la commande) avec quelques articles à "
|
||
"livrer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in "
|
||
"the **stat button** above the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``1` livraison associée à cette commande "
|
||
"client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your "
|
||
"picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton **1 Livraison**, vous devriez maintenant voir "
|
||
"votre opération de stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Process a Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Traiter une livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery "
|
||
"Orders** kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A FAIRE** "
|
||
"dans la fiche kanban **Livraisons**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur l'opération de stock que vous voulez traiter."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
|
||
"**customer**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show "
|
||
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the "
|
||
"product has been shipped to the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant "
|
||
"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page, ce qui indique"
|
||
" que la commande a été expédiée au client."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment pouvez-vous changer le type d'emballage sur votre bon de commande "
|
||
"client ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and "
|
||
"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo vous permet de changer le type d'emballage par défaut, et d'adapter "
|
||
"l'emballage comme vous le souhaitez, en fonction du poids de la commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on "
|
||
"**Settings**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le module **Inventaire**, allez dans **Configuration** puis cliquez sur"
|
||
" **Configuration**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used "
|
||
"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans :menuselection:`Traçabilité --> Colis`, cochez **Enregister les paquets"
|
||
" à utiliser: palettes, boîtes, ...**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24
|
||
msgid "*Sale process*"
|
||
msgstr "*Processus de vente*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26
|
||
msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le module **Ventes**, allez dans **Ventes** et cliquez sur **Bons de "
|
||
"commande**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**."
|
||
msgstr "Créez votre nouvelle commande client, et **Confirmer la vente**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be "
|
||
"redirected to the Delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que vous aurez confirmé la Vente, vous devrez cliquer sur "
|
||
"**Livraison** pour être redirigé vers l'ordre de Livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Modifier**, et vous pouvez maintenant changer l'emballage."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the "
|
||
"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in "
|
||
"Pack**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet **Opérations**, dans la dernière colonne, changez le **0** et "
|
||
"saisissez le nombre d'articles que vous voulez emballer ensemble. Puis "
|
||
"cliquez sur **Ajouter au colis**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight"
|
||
" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you "
|
||
"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez le type d'emballage que vous souhaitez. Vous pouvez aussi voir "
|
||
"que le poids à été adapté à votre colisage, et vous pouvez le changer "
|
||
"manuellement si vous voulez être plus précis. Puis cliquez sur "
|
||
"**Sauvegarder**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Répétez l'opération jusqu'à ce que tous les produits soient mis dans des "
|
||
"colis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery."
|
||
msgstr "Pour finir, cliquer sur **Valider** pour confirmer la livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment la date de livraison prévue est-elle calculée ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, "
|
||
"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo "
|
||
"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo "
|
||
"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, "
|
||
"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are "
|
||
"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les dates prévues sont calculées afin de pouvoir planifier les livraisons, "
|
||
"réceptions et ainsi de suite. En tenant compte des habitudes de votre "
|
||
"entreprise, Odoo génère automatiquement les dates prévues via le "
|
||
"planificateur. Le planificateur Odoo calcule tout par ligne, que ce soit "
|
||
"pour un ordre de fabrication, un bon de livraison, une commande client, etc."
|
||
" Les dates calculées dépendent des délais qui sont configurés dans Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Configuring lead times"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration des délais de mise en œuvre"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute "
|
||
"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
|
||
"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La configuration des différents délais d'exécution se fait comme suit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22
|
||
msgid "At a product level"
|
||
msgstr "Au niveau article"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24
|
||
msgid "**Supplier lead time**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Délai fournisseur** :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To "
|
||
"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the "
|
||
"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to"
|
||
" select a supplier lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"C'est le temps nécessaire au fournisseur pour livrer votre article acheté. "
|
||
"Pour configurer le délai fournisseur, sélectionnez un article et allez dans "
|
||
"l'onglet **Inventaire**. Vous devrez ajouter un fournisseur à votre article "
|
||
"pour pouvoir définir un délai fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus "
|
||
"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez qu'il est possible d'ajouter différents fournisseurs et donc "
|
||
"différents délais de livraison en fonction du fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead "
|
||
"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery"
|
||
" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead "
|
||
"Time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois qu'un fournisseur est sélectionné, il suffit d'ouvrir sa fiche et "
|
||
"de saisir son **Délai de livraison**. Dans ce cas, les jours de sécurité "
|
||
"n'ont aucune influence, les jours de livraison prévue seront égaux à : "
|
||
"**Date** de la commande fournisseur + **Délai de Livraison**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid "**Customer lead time**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Délai client** :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / "
|
||
"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply "
|
||
"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead "
|
||
"time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le délai client est le temps nécessaire pour transférer votre article de "
|
||
"votre magasin/entrepôt chez votre client. Il peut être configuré pour tout "
|
||
"article. Sélectionnez un article, allez dans l'onglet Ventes, et indiquez "
|
||
"votre **Délai client**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56
|
||
msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Délai de fabrication** :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**"
|
||
" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sur la même page, il est également possible de configurer le **Délai de "
|
||
"Fabrication**. Le délai de fabrication est le temps nécessaire pour la "
|
||
"fabrication de l'article."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to "
|
||
"create manufacturing routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"N'oubliez pas de cocher la case Produire dans l'onglet Inventaire si vous "
|
||
"voulez créer des routes de fabrication."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67
|
||
msgid "At the company level"
|
||
msgstr "Au niveau société"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to "
|
||
"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea "
|
||
"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case "
|
||
"of delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Au niveau société, il est possible de configurer des **jours de sécurité**, "
|
||
"afin de faire face à des retards éventuels et pour être sûr de respecter vos"
|
||
" engagements. L'idée est de sosutraire ces **jours de réserve** de la **date"
|
||
" prévue calculée** en cas de retard."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74
|
||
msgid "**Sales Safety days**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Jours de Sécurité à la Vente** :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver"
|
||
" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery "
|
||
"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in "
|
||
"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security "
|
||
"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than "
|
||
"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to "
|
||
"keep your commitment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les jours de sécurité à la vente sont des jours de **réserve** pour être sûr"
|
||
" de livrer vos clients à temps. Ils représentent les marges d'erreurs sur "
|
||
"les délais de livraison. Les jours de sécurité suivent la même logique que "
|
||
"les débuts de la montre-bracelet : arriver à l'heure. L'idée est de "
|
||
"soustraire le nombre de jours de sécurité du calcul, et donc de calculer une"
|
||
" date prévue antérieure à celle que vous avez promis à votre client. De "
|
||
"cette façon, vous êtes sûr de respecter vos engagements."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
|
||
"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour configurer vos dates de sécurité, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration"
|
||
" --> Paramètres Généraux` et cliquez sur **Configurer les données de la "
|
||
"société**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number "
|
||
"of safety days."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que le menu est ouvert, allez dans l'onglet de configuration et "
|
||
"indiquez le nombre de jours de sécurité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93
|
||
msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Jours de sécurité à l'Achat** :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les jours de sécurité à l'achat suivent la même logique que les jours de "
|
||
"sécurité à la vente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates "
|
||
"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many "
|
||
"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can "
|
||
"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ils représentent les marges d'erreur sur les délais fournisseur. Lorsque le "
|
||
"système génère des commandes fournisseur pour l'acquisition d'articles, "
|
||
"elles seront planifiées quelques jours plus tôt que nécessaire pour faire "
|
||
"face à des retards fournisseurs inattendus. Le délai d'achat se trouve dans "
|
||
"le même menu que les jours de sécurité à la vente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from "
|
||
"here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez que vous pouvez également configurer ici un délai de Fabrication par "
|
||
"défaut."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110
|
||
msgid "At route level"
|
||
msgstr "Au niveau routage"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks"
|
||
" can also influence the computed date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les transferts internes qu'un article peut faire à cause des mouvements de "
|
||
"stock peuvent aussi avoir un impact sur la date calculée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** "
|
||
"app when creating a new push rule in a route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les délais dus aux transferts internes peuvent être définis dans "
|
||
"l'application **Inventaire**, lors de la création d'une nouvelle règle de "
|
||
"flux poussé dans une route."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118
|
||
msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans la section Règles de flux poussé dans la fiche d'une route pour "
|
||
"définir un délai."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124
|
||
msgid "At sale order level:"
|
||
msgstr "Au niveau commande client :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126
|
||
msgid "**Requested date**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Date demandée** :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by "
|
||
"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this"
|
||
" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically"
|
||
" display a warning."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo permet de préciser la date demandée par le client en l'indiquant dans "
|
||
"l'onglet Autres informations de la commande client. Si la date est "
|
||
"antérieure à la date calculée théorique, Odoo affichera automatiquement une "
|
||
"alerte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on "
|
||
"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)."
|
||
" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based "
|
||
"on your configuration:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A titre d'exemple, vous pouvez vendre une voiture aujourd'hui (1er Janvier),"
|
||
" qui est achetée à la commande, et vous promettez de livrer votre client "
|
||
"dans un délai de 20 jours (20 janvier). Dans un tel scénario, le "
|
||
"planificateur peut déclencher les événements suivants, en fonction de votre "
|
||
"configuration :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144
|
||
msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)"
|
||
msgstr "19 Janvier : date de livraison réelle (1 jour de Sécurité à la Vente)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"18 Janvier : réception de l'article de votre fournisseur (1 jour de sécurité"
|
||
" à l'Achat)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery "
|
||
"lead time)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"10 janvier : date limite pour passer la commande fournisseur (9 jours de "
|
||
"délai fournisseur)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team "
|
||
"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"8 Janvier : déclencher une demande d'achat à votre équipe d'achat, "
|
||
"puisqu'elle a besoin en moyenne de 2 jours pour trouver le bon fournisseur "
|
||
"et commander."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en trois étapes (collecte + "
|
||
"emballage + expédition) ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
|
||
"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available,"
|
||
" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that "
|
||
"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps "
|
||
"before shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, "
|
||
"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour **une seule étape** : quand tous les "
|
||
"produits sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de "
|
||
"livraison. Toutefois, ce processus peut ne pas refléter la réalité et votre "
|
||
"entreprise peut nécessiter plusieurs étapes avant l'expédition."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are "
|
||
"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of "
|
||
"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the "
|
||
"customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avec le processus **trois étapes** (**Préparation + Emballage + "
|
||
"Expédition**), les articles sont transférés dans une zone d'emballage, où "
|
||
"ils seront assemblés par zone de destination, et rassemblés dans des camions"
|
||
" de livraison afin d'être livrés aux clients."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack"
|
||
" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by "
|
||
"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's "
|
||
"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called "
|
||
"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quelques étapes de configuration sont nécessaires afin d'accomplir les "
|
||
"opérations **Préparation + Emballage + Expédition**. Ces étapes créent des "
|
||
"emplacements supplémentaires, qui sont appelées par défaut **Zone "
|
||
"Expédition** et **Zone Emballage**. Ainsi, si votre code d'entrepôt est "
|
||
"``WH`, cette configuration créera un emplacement appelé ``WH/Zone "
|
||
"Expédition`` et un autre appelé ``WH/Zone Emballage``. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. "
|
||
"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be"
|
||
" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les marchandises sont transférées de **WH/Stock** vers **WH/Zone Emballage**"
|
||
" dans la première étape. Puis de **WH/Zone Emballage** vers **WH/Zone "
|
||
"Expédition**. Finalement elles seront livrées de **WH/Zone Expédition** vers"
|
||
" leur **destination finale**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the "
|
||
"correct method for your needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Consultez :doc:`inventory_flow` pour vérifier si ce circuit de stock est "
|
||
"celui qui correspond à vos besoins."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Install the Inventory module"
|
||
msgstr "Installez le module Inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Depuis le menu **Applications**, recherchez et installez le module "
|
||
"**Inventaire**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales"
|
||
" orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous devrez aussi installer le module **Ventes** pour pouvoir passer des "
|
||
"commandes client."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Allow managing routes"
|
||
msgstr "Permettre la gestion des routes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a"
|
||
" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link "
|
||
"the picking step to the shipping step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo configure le transfert des ordres de livraison par des **routes**. Les "
|
||
"routes fournissent un mécanisme pour lier différentes actions entre elles. "
|
||
"Dans ce cas, nous allons lier l'étape de préparation à l'étape d'expédition."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration "
|
||
"--> Configuration`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio "
|
||
"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the "
|
||
"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans :menuselection:`Emplacement & Entrepôt --> Routes`, cochez le bouton "
|
||
"radio **Routage avancé des articles en utilisant des règles**. Vérifiez que "
|
||
"l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est également "
|
||
"activée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship"
|
||
msgstr "Configurez l'entrepôt pour Préparation + Emballage + Expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse "
|
||
"that will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifiez l'entrepôt "
|
||
"qui sera utilisé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated "
|
||
"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + "
|
||
"Ship).**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les expéditions, sélectionnez l'option **Faire les colis à un "
|
||
"emplacement dédié, puis les amener à l'emplacement de sortie pour expédition"
|
||
" (prélèvement + colisage + expédition)**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Create a Sale Order"
|
||
msgstr "Créez une commande client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to "
|
||
"deliver."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Depuis le module **Ventes**, créez une commande client avec quelques "
|
||
"articles à expédier."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in "
|
||
"the **stat button** above the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``3` livraisons associées à cette commande "
|
||
"client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87
|
||
msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton, vous devez maintenant voir trois opérations "
|
||
"de stock différentes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89
|
||
msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La première avec une référence **PICK** pour l'opération de prélèvement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La seconde avec une référence **PACK** qui est l'opération de colisage,"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93
|
||
msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process."
|
||
msgstr "La dernière avec une référence **OUT** pour l'opération d'expédition."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91
|
||
msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment Traiter l'Etape de Préparation ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and "
|
||
"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vérifiez que vous avez suffisamment d'articles en stock, allez dans le "
|
||
"module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **En retard** dans la fiche "
|
||
"kanban **Préparation**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101
|
||
msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Réserver** pour réserver les produits s'ils sont disponibles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing"
|
||
" Zone**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquer sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Stock** vers "
|
||
"**WH/Zone Empaquetage**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show "
|
||
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
|
||
"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the "
|
||
"product available for the next step (Packing)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape de Préparation**, et le WH/PICK doit maintenant "
|
||
"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a "
|
||
"été déplacé de l'emplacement **WH/Stock** à l'emplacement **WH/Packing "
|
||
"Zone**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Emballage)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122
|
||
msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment traiter l'Etape d'Emballage ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**"
|
||
" kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A "
|
||
"TRANSFERER** dans la fiche kanban **Emballage**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to "
|
||
"**WH/Output**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquer sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Zone "
|
||
"Empaquetage** vers **WH/Sortie**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show "
|
||
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
|
||
"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the "
|
||
"product available for the next step (Shipping)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci a terminé l'étape de colisage, et le WH/PACK doit maintenant indiquer "
|
||
"**Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a été "
|
||
"transféré de l'emplacement **WH/Packing Zone** à l'emplacement "
|
||
"**WH/Output**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Expédition)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111
|
||
msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment Traiter l'Etape d'Expédition ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
|
||
"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the "
|
||
"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Output** vers "
|
||
"le **client** (Cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour assigner les quantités listées"
|
||
" dans la colonne **A Faire**)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show "
|
||
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
|
||
"shipped to the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant "
|
||
"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. La commande a "
|
||
"été expédiée au client."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en deux étapes (collecte + "
|
||
"expédition) ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
|
||
"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are "
|
||
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, "
|
||
"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen "
|
||
"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order"
|
||
" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for "
|
||
"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, "
|
||
"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour **une seule étape** : quand tous les "
|
||
"produits sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de "
|
||
"livraison. Toutefois, votre entreprise a peut-être plusieurs étapes avant "
|
||
"l'expédition. Dans le circuit **deux étapes**, les articles de l'ordre de "
|
||
"livraison sont **prélévés** dans l'entrepôt et amenés à un **emplacement de "
|
||
"sortie** pour **expédition**. Les marchandises sont ensuite expédiées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few "
|
||
"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, "
|
||
"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is "
|
||
"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. "
|
||
"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step "
|
||
"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the "
|
||
"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Allow management of routes"
|
||
msgstr "Permettre la gestion des routes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes "
|
||
"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we "
|
||
"will chain the picking step to the shipping step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo configure le transfert des ordres de livraison par les **routes**. Les "
|
||
"routes fournissent un mécanisme pour lier différentes actions entre elles. "
|
||
"Dans ce cas, nous allons lier l'étape de préparation à l'étape d'expédition."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration "
|
||
"--> Configuration`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is"
|
||
" checked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Assurez-vous que le bouton radio **Routage avancé des article en utilisant "
|
||
"des règles** est coché."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to "
|
||
"check the radio button above)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Appliquer** en haut de la page pour sauvegarder les "
|
||
"modifications (si vous avez du cocher le bouton radio ci-dessus)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may "
|
||
"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't "
|
||
"activated beforehand."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez coché l'option **Routage avancé des produits en utilisant des "
|
||
"règles**, vous devrez peut-être activer **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par "
|
||
"entrepôt** si cela n'avait pas été activé au préalable."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship"
|
||
msgstr "Configurez l'entrepôt pour Préparation + Expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
|
||
" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour configurer un mouvement **Préparation + Expédition**, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifiez l'entrepôt qui sera"
|
||
" utilisé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location "
|
||
"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les expéditions, sélectionnez l'option **Apporter les marchandises à "
|
||
"l'emplacement de sortie avant l'expédition (préparation + expédition)**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with "
|
||
"some products to deliver."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Installez le module **Ventes** si nécessaire, et créez une commande client "
|
||
"avec quelques articles à expédier."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in "
|
||
"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``2` livraisons associées à cette commande "
|
||
"client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two "
|
||
"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking "
|
||
"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping "
|
||
"process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton **2 Livraison**, vous devriez maintenant voir "
|
||
"deux opérations de stock différentes, une avec une référence **PICK** pour "
|
||
"l'opération de préparation, et une autre avec une référence **OUT** pour "
|
||
"l'opération d'expédition."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and "
|
||
"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vérifiez que vous avez suffisamment d'articles en stock, allez dans le "
|
||
"module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **En retard** dans la fiche "
|
||
"kanban **Préparation**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to "
|
||
"**WH/Output**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Stock** vers "
|
||
"**WH/Output**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show"
|
||
" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
|
||
"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product "
|
||
"**available for the next step** (Shipping)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape de Préparation**, et le WH/PICK doit maintenant "
|
||
"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a "
|
||
"été déplacé de l'emplacement **WH/Stock** à l'emplacement **WH/Output**, ce "
|
||
"qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Expédition)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
|
||
"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities "
|
||
"listed in the **To Do** column)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Output** vers "
|
||
"le client (Cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour assigner les quantités listées "
|
||
"dans la colonne **A Faire**)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show"
|
||
" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
|
||
"shipped to the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant "
|
||
"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. La commande a "
|
||
"été expédiée au client."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
|
||
msgstr "Réceptions"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment choisir le bon flux de stocks pour gérer les réceptions ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your"
|
||
" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you "
|
||
"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous réceptionnez, "
|
||
"la taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de réceptions que vous réalisez "
|
||
"chaque jour... la façon dont vous gérez les réceptions fournisseurs peut "
|
||
"beaucoup varier."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo vous permet de traiter les réceptions dans votre entrepôt de 3 façons "
|
||
"différentes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15
|
||
msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock."
|
||
msgstr "**Une étape** : Marchandises reçues directement en stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17
|
||
msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Deux étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée puis aller en stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control "
|
||
"before being admitted in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Trois étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un "
|
||
"contrôle qualité avant d'être admis en stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different "
|
||
"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In "
|
||
"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the "
|
||
"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo utilise des **routes** pour définir exactement comment vous allez gérer"
|
||
" les différentes étapes de réception. La configuration se fait au niveau de "
|
||
"l'entrepôt. En standard, la réception est un processus en une seule étape, "
|
||
"mais changer la configuration permet d'avoir 2 ou même 3 étapes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27
|
||
msgid "The principles are the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Les principes sont les suivants :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29
|
||
msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Une étape** : vous réceptionnez les marchandises directement dans votre "
|
||
"stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them "
|
||
"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
|
||
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Deux étapes** : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une zone d'entrée, puis"
|
||
" vous les transférez de la zone d'entrée au stock. Tant que les marchandises"
|
||
" ne sont pas transférés dans le stock, elles ne sont pas disponibles pour un"
|
||
" traitement ultérieur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received "
|
||
"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality "
|
||
"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the"
|
||
" goods receipt process can become essential."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Trois étapes** : Dans de nombreuses entreprises, il est nécessaire "
|
||
"d'évaluer les marchandises reçues. L'objectif est de vérifier que les "
|
||
"produits correspondent aux exigences de qualité convenues avec les "
|
||
"fournisseurs. Ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité dans le processus de "
|
||
"réception des marchandises devient alors essentiel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area"
|
||
" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can "
|
||
"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and "
|
||
"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will "
|
||
"return the quantity that is not good."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55
|
||
msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr "C'est la configuration par défaut dans Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité à la réception des "
|
||
"marchandises ? (3 étapes)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is "
|
||
"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed "
|
||
"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods "
|
||
"receipt process can become essential."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans de nombreuses entreprises, il est nécessaire d'évaluer les marchandises"
|
||
" reçues. L'objectif est de vérifier que les produits correspondent aux "
|
||
"exigences de qualité convenues avec les fournisseurs. Par conséquent, "
|
||
"l'ajout d'une étape de contrôle qualité dans le processus de réception des "
|
||
"marchandises devient essentiel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt"
|
||
" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default,"
|
||
" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can "
|
||
"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo utilise des routes pour définir exactement comment vous allez gérer les"
|
||
" différentes étapes de réception. La configuration se fait au niveau de "
|
||
"l'entrepôt. Par défaut, la réception est un processus en une seule étape, "
|
||
"mais changer la configuration permet d'avoir 2 ou même 3 étapes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then"
|
||
" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check"
|
||
" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you"
|
||
" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is "
|
||
"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le flux en 3 étapes est comme suit : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une "
|
||
"zone d'entrée, puis vous les transférez dans une zone qualité pour le "
|
||
"contrôle. Quand le contrôle qualité a été réalisé, vous pouvez transférer "
|
||
"les marchandises de la zone qualité au stock. Bien sûr, vous pouvez changer "
|
||
"les quantités et seulement transférer dans le stock la quantité d'articles "
|
||
"conformes, et décider de renvoyer les articles non conformes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18
|
||
msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document."
|
||
msgstr "C'est celui qui est expliqué dans ce document."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Use advanced routes"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisez des routages avancés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez dans le menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is "
|
||
"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Assurez-vous que l'option **Routage avancé des articles en utilisant des "
|
||
"règles** est cochée, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour sauvegarder les "
|
||
"modifications."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Assurez-vous que l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est "
|
||
"également cochée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité à la réception des "
|
||
"marchandises ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` "
|
||
"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Entrepôts` et choisissez l'entrepôt où vous voulez changer les méthodes de "
|
||
"réception."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive "
|
||
"goods directly into stock**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, les entrepôts sont configurés pour la réception en une étape "
|
||
"(**Marchandises reçues directement en stock**). "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick "
|
||
"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being "
|
||
"admitted in stock (3 steps)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ajouter le contrôle qualité avant le transfert des marchandises en "
|
||
"stock, cochez **Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un "
|
||
"contrôle qualité avant d'être admis en stock (3 étapes)**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid "How to control a receipt?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment contrôler une réception ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65
|
||
msgid "How to process the receipt step ?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment traiter l'étape de réception ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the "
|
||
"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related"
|
||
" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. "
|
||
"This is the receipt step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le module **Achats**, créez une **Demande de prix**. Cliquez sur le "
|
||
"bouton **Confirmer la commande**. Vous pouvez voir qu'il y a une "
|
||
"**Expédition** relative à la commande fournisseur dans le bouton en haut de "
|
||
"la fiche de la commande. C'est l'étape de réception."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the "
|
||
"**Receipts** card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A RECEVOIR**"
|
||
" dans la fiche kanban **Réceptions**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to "
|
||
"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur la réception que vous voulez traiter, puis cliquer sur "
|
||
"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de l'emplacement **Fournisseur** "
|
||
"vers **WH/Input**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the "
|
||
"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from"
|
||
" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product "
|
||
"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci a terminé l'étape de réception**, et la ligne d'état en haut de la page"
|
||
" pour **WH/IN** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article a été "
|
||
"transféré du **Fournisseur** à l'emplacement **WH/Input**, ce qui le rend "
|
||
"disponible pour l'étape suivante (Transfert dans la zone de contrôle "
|
||
"qualité)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment transférer vos articles de la zone de réception à la zone de "
|
||
"contrôle qualité ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer "
|
||
"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to "
|
||
"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the "
|
||
"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality"
|
||
" Control**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the "
|
||
"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now "
|
||
"ready to be controlled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci a terminé l'étape de transfert interne, et la ligne d'état en haut de "
|
||
"la page pour **WH/INT** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article est "
|
||
"maintenant prêt a être contrôlé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109
|
||
msgid "How to to process the quality control ?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. "
|
||
"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to "
|
||
"process the quality control."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Revenez dans le tableau de bord du module **Inventaire**. Le transfert en "
|
||
"attente est maintenant prêt. Cliquez sur le lien **# Transferts** dans la "
|
||
"fiche kanban **Transferts internes** pour procéder au contrôle qualité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the "
|
||
"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur la dernière opération de stock à traiter. Cliquez sur "
|
||
"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Quality Control** vers "
|
||
"**WH/Stock**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top"
|
||
" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been "
|
||
"controlled and has moved to your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci a terminé l'étape de contrôle qualité, et la ligne d'état en haut de la"
|
||
" page pour **WH/INT** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article a été "
|
||
"contrôlé et transféré dans votre stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127
|
||
msgid ":doc:`two_steps`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment décharger votre expédition à un emplacement d'entrée ? (2 étapes)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area "
|
||
"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are "
|
||
"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further "
|
||
"processing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le flux en 2 étapes est le suivant : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une "
|
||
"zone d'entrée, puis vous les transférez de la zone d'entrée au stock. Tant "
|
||
"que les marchandises ne sont pas transférés dans le stock, elles ne sont pas"
|
||
" disponibles pour un traitement ultérieur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez dans le menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also "
|
||
"ticked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Assurez-vous que l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est "
|
||
"également cochée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment configurer votre entrepôt ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception "
|
||
"methods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Entrepôts` et choisissez l'entrepôt où vous voulez changer les méthodes de "
|
||
"réception."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option "
|
||
"**Receive goods directly into stock**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, les entrepôts sont configurés pour la réception en une étape "
|
||
"(option **Marchandises reçues directement en stock**)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2"
|
||
" steps)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ajouter l'étape de contrôle, cochez **Décharger dans l'emplacement "
|
||
"d'entrée puis aller en stock (2 étapes)**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54
|
||
msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment réceptionner une expédition en 2 étapes ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57
|
||
msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment traiter l'étape de Réception ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on "
|
||
"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** "
|
||
"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order "
|
||
"form view. This is the receipt step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le module Achats, créez une **Demande de prix**, puis cliquez sur le "
|
||
"bouton **Confirmer la commande**. Vous pouvez voir qu'il y a une "
|
||
"**Expédition** relative à la commande fournisseur, dans le bouton en haut de"
|
||
" la fiche de la commande fournisseur. C'est l'étape de réception."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the "
|
||
"**Receipts** card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A RECEVOIR**"
|
||
" dans la fiche kanban **Réceptions**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to"
|
||
" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur la réception que vous voulez traiter, puis cliquer sur "
|
||
"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert du **Fournisseur** vers "
|
||
"**WH/Input**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The"
|
||
" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, "
|
||
"which makes the product available for the next step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci a terminé l'Etape de Réception, et l'opération de stock référencée par "
|
||
"**WH/IN**. L'article a été transféré du **Fournisseur** à l'emplacement "
|
||
"**WH/Input**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
|
||
msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. "
|
||
"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the "
|
||
"quality control."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Revenez dans le tableau de bord du module **Inventaire**. Le transfert en "
|
||
"attente est maintenant prêt. Cliquez sur **# Transferts** dans la fiche "
|
||
"kanban **Transferts internes** pour procéder au contrôle qualité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete "
|
||
"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur l'opération de stock que vous voulez traiter. Cliquez sur "
|
||
"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Input** vers **WH/Stock**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with "
|
||
"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci a terminé l'étape de transfert interne, et l'opération de stock "
|
||
"référencée par **WH/INT**.La réception a été transférée dans votre stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98
|
||
msgid ":doc:`three_steps`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Lots et numéros de série"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre des lots et des numéros de série ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "Introduction"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
|
||
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
|
||
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
|
||
"altogether in one single pack."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
|
||
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
|
||
"delivery and after-sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
|
||
msgid "When to use"
|
||
msgstr "Quand l'utiliser"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
|
||
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
|
||
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
|
||
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
|
||
"food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
|
||
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
|
||
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
|
||
" way you manage these products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
|
||
msgid "When not to use"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
|
||
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
|
||
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
|
||
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
|
||
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
|
||
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135
|
||
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129
|
||
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment gérer des lots d'articles identiques ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
|
||
"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots"
|
||
" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production "
|
||
"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the "
|
||
"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
|
||
"traceability."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Setting up"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Application configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration de l'application"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**"
|
||
" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select "
|
||
"**Track lots or serial numbers**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select "
|
||
"**Manage several locations per warehouse**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez ensuite sur **Appliquer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Operation types configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the"
|
||
" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operation Types`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if"
|
||
" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the "
|
||
"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
|
||
"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Manage lots"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Transferts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to "
|
||
"input the lot number(s)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
|
||
msgid "Click on the lot icon :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number "
|
||
"and the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in "
|
||
"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90
|
||
msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Inventory adjustment"
|
||
msgstr "Ajustement de stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Classic inventory by products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Inventory of a lot"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the "
|
||
"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You "
|
||
"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to "
|
||
"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just "
|
||
"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Lots traceability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122
|
||
msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128
|
||
msgid ":doc:`differences`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`differences`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to work with serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment travailler avec des numéros de série ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on "
|
||
"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with "
|
||
"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another "
|
||
"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the"
|
||
" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last "
|
||
"location where the products are moved."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the "
|
||
"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the "
|
||
"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
|
||
"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les numéros de série"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you "
|
||
"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to"
|
||
" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your "
|
||
"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot "
|
||
"Split icon."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Click on the serial number icon :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial "
|
||
"numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will "
|
||
"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are "
|
||
"moving those serial numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76
|
||
msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Inventory of a serial number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You "
|
||
"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98
|
||
msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you "
|
||
"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from "
|
||
"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109
|
||
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they"
|
||
" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
|
||
"shipped to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the "
|
||
"serial number corresponding to your search."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Opérations diverses"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2
|
||
msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Immediate Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and "
|
||
"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is"
|
||
" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the "
|
||
"column \"Done\" for the quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A "
|
||
"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the "
|
||
"transfer right now)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Planned Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase "
|
||
"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an "
|
||
"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the "
|
||
"inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many "
|
||
"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. "
|
||
"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process "
|
||
"the transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment gérer un stock que vous ne possédez pas ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without "
|
||
"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Certains fournisseurs peuvent parfois vous permettre de stocker et de vendre"
|
||
" leurs produits sans que vous ayez à les acheter : cette technique est "
|
||
"appelée **Stock consignataire**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new"
|
||
" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are "
|
||
"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an "
|
||
"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le stock consignataire est un excellent moyen pour les fabricants et les "
|
||
"fournisseurs pour lancer de nouveaux produits. Comme les revendeurs peuvent "
|
||
"être réticents à acheter un produit qu'ils ne sont pas sûrs de pouvoir "
|
||
"vendre, le stock consignataire va leur permettre de proposer un article pour"
|
||
" vérifier son marché sans devoir d'abord l'acheter."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced "
|
||
"settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo a la capacité de gérer les stocks consignataires à travers les "
|
||
"paramètres avancés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
|
||
" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks "
|
||
"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Configuration`, et dans la section **Propriétaire du produit** , "
|
||
"sélectionnez **Gérer les stocks consignataires (avancé)**, puis cliquez sur "
|
||
"**Appliquer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock"
|
||
msgstr "Réception de Stock Consignataire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new "
|
||
"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** "
|
||
"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave"
|
||
" it blank if you are the owner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le Tableau de bord de l'Inventaire, ouvrez les **Réceptions** et créez "
|
||
"une nouvelle réception. Vous pouvez voir que dans la partie droite de la "
|
||
"page, une nouvelle ligne **Propriétaire** est apparue. Vous pouvez spécifier"
|
||
" le partenaire qui détient le stock, ou laisser le champ vide si vous êtes "
|
||
"le propriétaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment configurer et lancer des planificateurs ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is a scheduler"
|
||
msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un planificateur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises "
|
||
"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on "
|
||
"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo "
|
||
"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le planificateur est le moteur de calcul qui planifie et priorise la "
|
||
"production et les achats automatiquement en fonction des règles définies sur"
|
||
" les articles. Par défaut, le planificateur est configuré pour s'exécuter "
|
||
"une fois par jour (Odoo crée automatiquement une **Action Planifiée** pour "
|
||
"cela)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling"
|
||
msgstr "Calcul des besoins / Planification"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet "
|
||
"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, "
|
||
"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La planification ne valide que les approvisionnements qui sont confirmés, "
|
||
"mais pas encore lancés. Ces réservations d'approvisionnement vont elles-"
|
||
"mêmes lancer la production, des tâches ou des achats en fonction de la "
|
||
"configuration du produit demandé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations "
|
||
"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or "
|
||
"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case "
|
||
"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can "
|
||
"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous prenez en compte la priorité des opérations lors du démarrage des "
|
||
"réservations et des approvisionnements. Les demandes urgentes, celles avec "
|
||
"une date dans le passé, ou celles avec une date antérieure aux autres seront"
|
||
" lancées en premier. Dans le cas où il n'y a pas assez de produits en stock "
|
||
"pour satisfaire toutes les demandes, vous pouvez être sûr que les demandes "
|
||
"les plus urgentes seront produites en premier."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler"
|
||
msgstr "Configurez et lancez le planificateur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Run the scheduler manually"
|
||
msgstr "Lancez le planificateur manuellement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to"
|
||
" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and "
|
||
"click on **Activate the developer mode**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler "
|
||
"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the "
|
||
"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders,"
|
||
" deliveries and supplier purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez lancer le planificateur manuellement depuis le menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Planificateurs --> Lancer les "
|
||
"planificateurs`. Le planificateur utilise tous les paramètres pertinents "
|
||
"définis pour les produits, les fournisseurs et l'entreprise afin de "
|
||
"déterminer les priorités entre les différents ordres de production, de "
|
||
"livraison et les commandes fournisseurs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Configurez et lancez le planificateur (seulement pour les utilisateurs "
|
||
"avancés)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to"
|
||
" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and "
|
||
"click on **Activate the developer mode**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cette fonctionnalité n'est pas visible par défaut. Vous devez activer le "
|
||
"**mode debug** pour la voir. Pour activer le mode debug, allez dans "
|
||
":menuselection:`Aide -> A propos` et cliquez sur **Activer le mode "
|
||
"développeur**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the "
|
||
"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
|
||
"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler "
|
||
"configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez régler l'heure de lancement du planificateur en modifiant "
|
||
"l'action correspondante dans le menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Technique --> Automatisation --> Actions planifiées`. Modifiez la "
|
||
"configuration de \"Run mrp scheduler\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to scrap products?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment mettre au rebut des produits ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its"
|
||
" basic material"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mettre au rebut des déchets qui soit n'ont pas de valeur économique, ou "
|
||
"seulement la valeur de leurs matériaux de base valorisables par recyclage."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11
|
||
msgid "content recoverable through recycling."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are "
|
||
"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this "
|
||
"during picking or physical inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans votre entrepôt vous trouvez parfois des produits qui sont endommagés ou"
|
||
" qui sont inutilisables en raison d'une expiration ou pour une autre raison."
|
||
" Vous remarquez en général cela pendant la collecte ou lors d'un inventaire "
|
||
"physique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puisque vous ne pouvez normalement pas vendre ou stocker ces articles, vous "
|
||
"devez les mettre au rebut."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of "
|
||
"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque des marchandises sont mises au rebut elles ne sont plus prises en "
|
||
"compte dans le système en tant que partie de l'inventaire. Les marchandises "
|
||
"mises au rebut seront transférées physiquement dans la zone rebut."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one "
|
||
"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous installez la gestion des stocks, Odoo crée automatiquement un "
|
||
"emplacement de mise au rebut par défaut, nommé **Virtual "
|
||
"location/Scrapped**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per "
|
||
"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a "
|
||
"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management"
|
||
" --> Locations.`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir appliquer **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt**, vous "
|
||
"pouvez créer un nouvel emplacement de mise au rebut dans "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion d'entrepôt --> Emplacements`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on "
|
||
"location form view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour définir un emplacement de mise au rebut, vous devez cocher **Est un "
|
||
"emplacement de rebut ?** sur la fiche de l'emplacement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Different ways to scrap product"
|
||
msgstr "Différentes façons de mettre un article au rebut"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52
|
||
msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)."
|
||
msgstr "1) Mise au rebut à la Réception (onglet Demande Initiale)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Dashboard --> Receipts`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour mettre des articles au rebut à la réception, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Tableau de bord --> Réceptions`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
|
||
"scrap products button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez la réception, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez sur le "
|
||
"bouton Mettre au rebut."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67
|
||
msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ."
|
||
msgstr "2) Mettre au rebut à l'expédition (onglet Demande initiale)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour mettre des articles au rebut à l'expédition, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Tableau de bord --> Livraisons`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
|
||
"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez l'expédition, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez sur le "
|
||
"bouton Mettre au rebut sur la ligne d'opération de stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82
|
||
msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"3) Mettre au rebut depuis un transfert interne (onglet Demande initiale)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
|
||
"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez le transfert interne, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez "
|
||
"sur le bouton Mettre au rebut sur la ligne d'opération de stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the "
|
||
"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on "
|
||
"**Scrap**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quand vous cliquez sur le bouton Mettre au rebut, une fenêtre popup "
|
||
"apparaît. Vous pouvez saisir la quantité d'articles, et préciser "
|
||
"l'emplacement de mise au rebut, puis cliquez sur **Rebut**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage "
|
||
"several location per warehouse** in the settings at "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||
msgstr "Méthodes de Valorisation"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5
|
||
msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment faire une valorisation des stocks ? (Comptabilité Anglo-Saxonne)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance "
|
||
"sheet. This implies two main choices:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. "
|
||
"Real Price);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. "
|
||
"Perpetual)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Costing Method"
|
||
msgstr "Méthode de coût"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Standard Price"
|
||
msgstr "Prix standard"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182
|
||
msgid "Operation"
|
||
msgstr "Opération"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183
|
||
msgid "Unit Cost"
|
||
msgstr "Coût unitaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184
|
||
msgid "Qty On Hand"
|
||
msgstr "Qté en réserve"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185
|
||
msgid "Delta Value"
|
||
msgstr "Valeur de delta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186
|
||
msgid "Inventory Value"
|
||
msgstr "Valeur d'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202
|
||
msgid "$10"
|
||
msgstr "10$"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189
|
||
msgid "0"
|
||
msgstr "0"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190
|
||
msgid "$0"
|
||
msgstr "0$"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191
|
||
msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10"
|
||
msgstr "Réception de 8 produits à 10$"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194
|
||
msgid "8"
|
||
msgstr "8"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194
|
||
msgid "+8*$10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195
|
||
msgid "$80"
|
||
msgstr "80$"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196
|
||
msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16"
|
||
msgstr "Réception de 4 produits à 16$"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199
|
||
msgid "12"
|
||
msgstr "12"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46
|
||
msgid "+4*$10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47
|
||
msgid "$120"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202
|
||
msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
|
||
msgstr "Livraison de 10 produits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204
|
||
msgid "2"
|
||
msgstr "2"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*$10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206
|
||
msgid "$20"
|
||
msgstr "20$"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210
|
||
msgid "4"
|
||
msgstr "4"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57
|
||
msgid "+2*$10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58
|
||
msgid "$40"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct "
|
||
"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific "
|
||
"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Average Price"
|
||
msgstr "Prix moyen"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197
|
||
msgid "$12"
|
||
msgstr "12$"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199
|
||
msgid "+4*$16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200
|
||
msgid "$144"
|
||
msgstr "144$"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*$12"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98
|
||
msgid "$24"
|
||
msgstr "24$"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100
|
||
msgid "$9"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210
|
||
msgid "+2*$6"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103
|
||
msgid "$36"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order "
|
||
"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA"
|
||
" (see here attached)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110
|
||
msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of"
|
||
" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational "
|
||
"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost"
|
||
" up-to-date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established "
|
||
"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders "
|
||
"matters in the cost computation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172
|
||
msgid "FIFO"
|
||
msgstr "FIFO"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149
|
||
msgid "$16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-8*$10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-2*$16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211
|
||
msgid "$32"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155
|
||
msgid "$11"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158
|
||
msgid "$44"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined "
|
||
"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal "
|
||
"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory "
|
||
"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. "
|
||
"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product "
|
||
"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the "
|
||
"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not "
|
||
"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases,"
|
||
" Inventory). It suits any kind of users."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224
|
||
msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-4*$16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-6*$10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208
|
||
msgid "$8"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224
|
||
msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it,"
|
||
" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in "
|
||
"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal "
|
||
"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current"
|
||
" quantity in stock * cost price)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237
|
||
msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments "
|
||
"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, "
|
||
"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the "
|
||
"physical inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
|
||
" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
|
||
"postings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
|
||
msgid "Vendor Bill"
|
||
msgstr "Facture fournisseur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
|
||
msgid "\\"
|
||
msgstr "\\"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
|
||
msgid "Debit"
|
||
msgstr "Débit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
|
||
msgid "Credit"
|
||
msgstr "Crédit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256
|
||
msgid "50"
|
||
msgstr "50"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257
|
||
msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257
|
||
msgid "4.68"
|
||
msgstr "4,68"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
|
||
msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
|
||
msgid "54.68"
|
||
msgstr "54,68"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Configuration:"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
|
||
"related product (Expense Account field)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264
|
||
msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265
|
||
msgid "Goods Receptions"
|
||
msgstr "Réception des marchandises"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288
|
||
msgid "No Journal Entry"
|
||
msgstr "Pas d'écriture comptable"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
|
||
msgid "Customer Invoice"
|
||
msgstr "Facture client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273
|
||
msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273
|
||
msgid "100"
|
||
msgstr "100"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274
|
||
msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274
|
||
msgid "9"
|
||
msgstr "9"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
|
||
msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
|
||
msgid "109"
|
||
msgstr "109"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
|
||
"product (Income Account field)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280
|
||
msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281
|
||
msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
|
||
"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La position fiscale utilisée sur la facture peut avoir une règle qui "
|
||
"remplace le compte de revenu ou la taxe définie sur l'article par un autre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285
|
||
msgid "Customer Shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Ordres de fabrication"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
|
||
" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
|
||
" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
|
||
"inventory value"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303
|
||
msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308
|
||
msgid "X"
|
||
msgstr "X"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319
|
||
msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments "
|
||
"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-"
|
||
"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. "
|
||
"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & "
|
||
"testing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328
|
||
msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340
|
||
msgid "**Configuration:**"
|
||
msgstr "**Configuration** :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342
|
||
msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
|
||
" specific product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
|
||
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
|
||
"product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Inventaire : pour configurer un compte de valorisation de l'inventaire dans "
|
||
"la catégorie interne du produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
|
||
"as a specific replacement value"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5
|
||
msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment faire une valorisation des stocks ? (Comptabilité Continentale)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203
|
||
msgid "€10"
|
||
msgstr "10 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191
|
||
msgid "€0"
|
||
msgstr "€0"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192
|
||
msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
|
||
msgstr "Recevez 8 produits à 10 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195
|
||
msgid "+8*€10"
|
||
msgstr "+8*10 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196
|
||
msgid "€80"
|
||
msgstr "80 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197
|
||
msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
|
||
msgstr "Recevez 4 produits à 16 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47
|
||
msgid "+4*€10"
|
||
msgstr "+4*10 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48
|
||
msgid "€120"
|
||
msgstr "120 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*€10"
|
||
msgstr "-10*10 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207
|
||
msgid "€20"
|
||
msgstr "20 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
|
||
msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 9 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58
|
||
msgid "+2*€10"
|
||
msgstr "+2*10 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59
|
||
msgid "€40"
|
||
msgstr "40 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198
|
||
msgid "€12"
|
||
msgstr "12 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200
|
||
msgid "+4*€16"
|
||
msgstr "+4*16 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201
|
||
msgid "€144"
|
||
msgstr "144 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*€12"
|
||
msgstr "-10*12 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99
|
||
msgid "€24"
|
||
msgstr "24 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
|
||
msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 6 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101
|
||
msgid "€9"
|
||
msgstr "9 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211
|
||
msgid "+2*€6"
|
||
msgstr "+2*6 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104
|
||
msgid "€36"
|
||
msgstr "36 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150
|
||
msgid "€16"
|
||
msgstr "16 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-8*€10"
|
||
msgstr "-8*10 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-2*€16"
|
||
msgstr "-2*16 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212
|
||
msgid "€32"
|
||
msgstr "32 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156
|
||
msgid "€11"
|
||
msgstr "11 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159
|
||
msgid "€44"
|
||
msgstr "44 €"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-4*€16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-6*€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209
|
||
msgid "€8"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
|
||
"Profit&Loss section to your assets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
|
||
msgstr "Dépenses : variations d'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te "
|
||
"**Inventory Variations** debited."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la valeur du stock a diminué, le compte **Inventaire** est crédité et les"
|
||
" **Variations d'inventaire** débitées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
|
||
" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Main Concepts"
|
||
msgstr "Concepts principaux"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of "
|
||
"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between"
|
||
" locations (possibly virtual)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un inventaire en double-entrée n'a pas de stock d'entrée, de sortie "
|
||
"(disparition des produits) ou de transformation. Au lieu de cela, toutes les"
|
||
" opérations sont des mouvements de stock entre des emplacements "
|
||
"(éventuellement virtuels)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Opérations"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les mouvements de stock représentent le transit de marchandises et de "
|
||
"matériels entre des emplacements."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Production Order"
|
||
msgstr "Ordre de fabrication"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Consume:"
|
||
msgstr "Consommer :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production"
|
||
msgstr "2 Roues : Stock → Production"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production"
|
||
msgstr "1 Cadre de Vélo : Stock → production"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Produce:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock"
|
||
msgstr "1 Vélo : Production → Stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Stock : l'emplacement à partir duquel l'Ordre de Fabrication est lancé"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\""
|
||
msgstr "Production : sur la fiche de l'article, le champ \"Lieu de Production\""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Drop-shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Livraison directe"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer"
|
||
msgstr "1 Vélo : Fournisseur → Client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Configurarion:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Supplier: on the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Client Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Livraison Client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Pick"
|
||
msgstr "Préparer"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone"
|
||
msgstr "1 Vélo: Stock → Zone Emballage"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Pack"
|
||
msgstr "Colis"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output"
|
||
msgstr "1 Vélo: Zone Emballage → Zone Expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer"
|
||
msgstr "1 Vélo : Sortie → Client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer"
|
||
msgstr "Transferts inter-entrepôts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Transfer:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit"
|
||
msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrpôt 1 → Transit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2"
|
||
msgstr "1 Vélo : Transit → Entrepôt 2"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)"
|
||
msgstr "Article cassé (mise au rebut)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap"
|
||
msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrepôt → Rebut"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Missing products in inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss"
|
||
msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrepôt → Perte de Stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Extra products in inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "1 Inventory Loss: Perte de Stock → Entrepôt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Reception"
|
||
msgstr "Réception"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input"
|
||
msgstr "1 Vélo : Fournisseur → Entrée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock"
|
||
msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrée → Stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75
|
||
msgid "Analysis"
|
||
msgstr "Analyses"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of "
|
||
"products * product cost)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'analyse de l'inventaire peut utiliser le nombre d'articles ou la valeur "
|
||
"des articles (= nombre d'articles * coût de l'article)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80
|
||
msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour chaque emplacement de stock, plusieurs données peuvent être analysées :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148
|
||
msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Achats & Règles d'approvisionnement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific"
|
||
" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un approvisionnement est une demande pour une quantité spécifique de "
|
||
"produits à un endroit précis. Ils peuvent être créés manuellement ou "
|
||
"automatiquement déclenchés par :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159
|
||
msgid "New sale orders"
|
||
msgstr "De nouvelles commandes client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
|
||
msgid "Effect"
|
||
msgstr "Résultat"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered "
|
||
"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un approvisionnement est créé à l'emplacement client pour chaque article "
|
||
"commandé par le client (vous devez livrer le client)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" "
|
||
"(property)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lieu d'Approvisionnement : dans la fiche client, dans le champ **Adresse** "
|
||
"(propriété)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164
|
||
msgid "Minimum Stock Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Règles de stock minimum"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163
|
||
msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un approvisionnement est réalisé à l'emplacement défini dans la règle."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165
|
||
msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lieu d'Approvisionnement : dans le formulaire de la règle, dans le champ "
|
||
"**Lieu**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
|
||
msgid "Procurement rules"
|
||
msgstr "des Règles d'approvisionnement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
|
||
msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un nouvel approvisionnement est réalisé à l'emplacement défini dans la règle"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should "
|
||
"be fulfilled e.g.:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les *règles d'approvisionnement* décrivent comment les approvisionnements "
|
||
"pour des emplacements spécifiques doivent être réalisés, par ex. :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173
|
||
msgid "where the product should come from (source location)"
|
||
msgstr "d'où le produit doit provenir (emplacement source)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made "
|
||
"To Stock)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"si l'approvisionnement est :abbr:`MTO (Make To Order)` ou :abbr:`MTS (Make "
|
||
"To Stock)`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182
|
||
msgid "Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Routes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product "
|
||
"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, "
|
||
"sales order lines, warehouse,..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles d'approvisionnement sont regroupées en routes. Les routes "
|
||
"définissent les chemins que le produit doit suivre. Les routes peuvent être "
|
||
"applicables ou non, selon les produits, les lignes de commande client, "
|
||
"l'entrepôt, ..."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to "
|
||
"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour réaliser un approvisionnement, le système recherchera des règles "
|
||
"appartenant à des routes qui sont définis dans (par ordre de priorité) :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "Entrepôts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship"
|
||
msgstr "Exemple de Route d'Entrepôt : Collecte → Emballage → Expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196
|
||
msgid "Picking List:"
|
||
msgstr "Liste de Prélèvement :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197
|
||
msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone"
|
||
msgstr "Zone de Prélèvement → Zone d'Emballage"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Pack List:"
|
||
msgstr "Liste de Colisage :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199
|
||
msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A"
|
||
msgstr "Zone d'Emballage → Quai A"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
|
||
msgid "Delivery Order:"
|
||
msgstr "Ordre de Livraison :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
|
||
msgid "Gate A → Customer"
|
||
msgstr "Quai A → Client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on "
|
||
"the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les routes qui décrivent la manière dont vous organisez votre entrepôt "
|
||
"doivent être définies sur l'entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
|
||
msgid "A Product"
|
||
msgstr "Un Article"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205
|
||
msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "Exemple de Route d'Article : Contrôle Qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217
|
||
msgid "Reception:"
|
||
msgstr "Réception :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218
|
||
msgid "Supplier → Input"
|
||
msgstr "Fournisseur → Entrée de Stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209
|
||
msgid "Confirmation:"
|
||
msgstr "Confirmation :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210
|
||
msgid "Input → Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "Entrée de Stock → Contrôle Qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
|
||
msgid "Storage:"
|
||
msgstr "Stockage :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
|
||
msgid "Quality Control → Stock"
|
||
msgstr "Contrôle Qualité → Stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
|
||
msgid "Product Category"
|
||
msgstr "Catégorie d'article"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215
|
||
msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock"
|
||
msgstr "Exemple de Route de Catégorie d'Article : transbordement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219
|
||
msgid "Cross-Docks:"
|
||
msgstr "Transbordements :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220
|
||
msgid "Input → Output"
|
||
msgstr "Entrée de Stock → Sortie de Stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
|
||
msgid "Delivery:"
|
||
msgstr "Livraison :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222
|
||
msgid "Output → Customer"
|
||
msgstr "Sortie de Stock → Client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
|
||
msgid "Sale Order Line"
|
||
msgstr "Ligne de commande"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224
|
||
msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Exemple de Route de Ligne de Commande Client : Livraison Directe"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
|
||
msgid "Order:"
|
||
msgstr "Commande :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
|
||
msgid "Supplier → Customer"
|
||
msgstr "Fournisseur → Client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230
|
||
msgid "Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Règles de flux poussés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They "
|
||
"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be"
|
||
" used depends on applicable routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles de flux poussé se déclenchent lorsque les articles entrent dans "
|
||
"un emplacement spécifique. Ils déplacent automatiquement l'article à un "
|
||
"nouvel emplacement. Le fait qu'une règle de flux poussé puisse être utilisée"
|
||
" dépend des routes applicables."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "Contrôle qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239
|
||
msgid "Product lands in Input"
|
||
msgstr "L'article arrive en Entrée de Stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240
|
||
msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "Flux poussé 1 : Entrée de Stock → Contrôle Qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241
|
||
msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock"
|
||
msgstr "Flux poussé 2 : Contrôle Qualité → Stock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Transit"
|
||
msgstr "Passage en Entrepôt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243
|
||
msgid "Product lands in Transit"
|
||
msgstr "L'article arrive en Transit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244
|
||
msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2"
|
||
msgstr "Flux poussé : Transit → Entrepôt 2"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247
|
||
msgid "Procurement Groups"
|
||
msgstr "Groupes d'Approvisionnement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is "
|
||
"provided:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les routes et les règles définissent des mouvement de stock. Pour chaque "
|
||
"règle, un type de document est fourni :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252
|
||
msgid "Picking"
|
||
msgstr "Opération de manutention"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253
|
||
msgid "Packing"
|
||
msgstr "Emballage"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254
|
||
msgid "Delivery Order"
|
||
msgstr "Ordre de Livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255
|
||
msgid "Purchase Order"
|
||
msgstr "Commande fournisseur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256
|
||
msgid "..."
|
||
msgstr "..."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group "
|
||
"and locations are the same."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les mouvements sont regroupés dans le même type de document si leur groupe "
|
||
"d'approvisionnement et les emplacements sont les mêmes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery "
|
||
"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on "
|
||
"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products "
|
||
"together)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une commande client crée un groupe d'approvisionnement, de sorte que les "
|
||
"prélèvements et les ordres de livraison de la même commande sont regroupés. "
|
||
"Mais vous pouvez aussi définir des groupes spécifiques sur les règles de "
|
||
"réapprovisionnement (par ex. pour regrouper des achats d'articles "
|
||
"spécifiques ensemble)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Terminologies"
|
||
msgstr "Terminologies"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. "
|
||
"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a "
|
||
"repository."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Entrepôt** : Un entrepôt dans Odoo est un endroit où vous stockez des "
|
||
"produits. C'est soit un entrepôt physique, soit un entrepôt virtuel. Ça peut"
|
||
" être un magasin ou un dépôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a "
|
||
"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has "
|
||
"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Emplacement**: Les emplacements sont utilisés pour structurer les zones de"
|
||
" stockage dans un entrepôt. En plus des emplacements internes (votre "
|
||
"entrepôt), Odoo a des emplacements pour les fournisseurs, les clients, les "
|
||
"pertes d'inventaire, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or "
|
||
"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of "
|
||
"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or "
|
||
"procurements."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Lots**: Les lots sont des ensembles de produits identifiés avec un code à "
|
||
"barres ou un numéro de série uniques. Tous les éléments d'un lot sont de la "
|
||
"même produit. (par ex. un ensemble de 24 bouteilles) Habituellement, les "
|
||
"lots proviennent de la fabrication de lots de commande, ou "
|
||
"d'approvisionnements."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific "
|
||
"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique"
|
||
" item."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Numéro de série**: Un numéro de série est un identifiant unique d'un "
|
||
"produit spécifique. Techniquement, les numéros de série reviennent à avoir "
|
||
"un lot de 1 pièce unique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. "
|
||
"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category"
|
||
" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Unité de mesure**: Définit comment la quantité de produits est exprimée. "
|
||
"Mètres, Livres, Paquet de 24, Kilogrammes,... Les unités de mesure de la "
|
||
"même catégorie (ex: taille) peuvent être converties les unes vers les autres"
|
||
" (m, cm, mm) en utilisant un rapport fixe."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory "
|
||
"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and "
|
||
"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have "
|
||
"enough stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Consommable**: Un produit pour lequel vous ne souhaitez pas gérer le "
|
||
"niveau de stock (pas de quantité en stock ou prévue), mais que vous pouvez "
|
||
"recevoir et livrer. Lorsque ce produit est nécessaire, Odoo suppose que vous"
|
||
" en avez toujours assez en stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Stockable**: Un produit pour lequel vous souhaitez gérer le niveau des "
|
||
"stocks."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial"
|
||
" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Paquet**: Un paquet contient plusieurs produits (identifiés par leur "
|
||
"numéro de série/lots ou pas). Exemple: une boîte contenant des couteaux et "
|
||
"des fourchettes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of "
|
||
"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by "
|
||
"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. "
|
||
"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered "
|
||
"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a "
|
||
"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Approvisionnement**: Un approvisionnement est une demande pour une "
|
||
"quantité spécifique de produits à un endroit précis. Les approvisionnements "
|
||
"sont automatiquement déclenchés par d'autres documents : Commandes Clients, "
|
||
"Règles de Stock Minimum et Règles d'Approvisionnement. Vous pouvez "
|
||
"déclencher l'approvisionnement manuellement. Lorsque les approvisionnements "
|
||
"sont déclenchés automatiquement, vous devez toujours être attentif aux "
|
||
"exceptions (par exemple, un produit doit être acheté auprès d'un "
|
||
"fournisseur, mais aucun fournisseur n'est défini)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be "
|
||
"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…"
|
||
" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to "
|
||
"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Routes**: Les routes définissent les chemins que l'article doit suivre. "
|
||
"Les routes s'appliquent ou non, selon les articles, les commandes client, "
|
||
"l'entrepôt,... Pour réaliser à un approvisionnement, le système recherchera "
|
||
"des règles appartenant à des routes qui sont définies dans l'article et/ou "
|
||
"la commande concernés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. "
|
||
"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule "
|
||
"can be used depends on applicable routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Règles de flux poussé** : les règles de flux poussé se déclenchent lorsque"
|
||
" les articles entrent dans un emplacement spécifique. Elles déplacent "
|
||
"automatiquement l'article vers un nouvel emplacement. Le fait qu'une règle "
|
||
"de flux poussé soit utilisée dépend des routes applicables."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how "
|
||
"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the "
|
||
"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO "
|
||
"or MTS,..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Règles d'Approvisionnement** or **Règles de Flux Tiré**: les Règles "
|
||
"d'Approvisionnement décrivent comment les approvisionnements d'emplacements "
|
||
"spécifiques doivent être réalisés. Par ex. : d'où un produit doit provenir "
|
||
"(emplacement source), si l'approvisionnement est MTO ou MTS,..."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every "
|
||
"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, "
|
||
"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their "
|
||
"procurement group and locations are the same."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Groupe d'Approvisionnement**: les Routes et les règles définissent les "
|
||
"mouvements de stocks. Pour chaque règle, un type de document est fourni : "
|
||
"Prélèvement, Colisage, Ordre de livraison, Commande Fournisseur, ... Les "
|
||
"mouvements sont regroupés dans le même type de document si leur groupe "
|
||
"d'approvisionnement et les emplacements sont les mêmes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials "
|
||
"between locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Mouvements de Stock** : les Mouvements de Stock représentent le transfert "
|
||
"de marchandise ou de matériels entre emplacements."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently "
|
||
"in a warehouse or location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Quantité En Inventaire** : la quantité d'un article spécifique qui est "
|
||
"actuellement dans un entrepôt ou un emplacement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a "
|
||
"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - "
|
||
"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured "
|
||
"units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Quantité Prévisionnelle** : la quantité d'articles que vous pouvez vendre,"
|
||
" pour un entrepôt ou un emplacement spécifique. Elle est définie comme la "
|
||
"Quantité en Inventaire - les Futures Livraisons Sortantes + les Futures "
|
||
"Livraisons Entrantes + les Futures Unités Fabriquées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically "
|
||
"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a "
|
||
"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the"
|
||
" minimum stock rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Règles de Réapprovisionnement** : elle définit les conditions pour qu'Odoo"
|
||
" déclenche automatiquement une requête d'approvisionnement (achat à un "
|
||
"fournisseur ou lancement d'un ordre de fabrication). Elle est déclenchée "
|
||
"lorsque la quantité prévisionnelle atteint la règle de stock minimum."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading "
|
||
"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading "
|
||
"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with "
|
||
"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to "
|
||
"packing zone)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Transborder**: le transbordement est une pratique logistique, de "
|
||
"déchargement de matériels à partir d'un camion ou wagon entrant, suivi du "
|
||
"chargement directement dans les camions ou wagons sortants, sans stockage "
|
||
"entre les deux (directement de la zone d'entrée à la zone d'emballage)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to "
|
||
"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual"
|
||
" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the "
|
||
"customer, without passing through your own warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Livraison Directe** : transfère les articles directement du "
|
||
"fournisseur/fabricant au client (qui peut être un détaillant ou un "
|
||
"consommateur) sans passer par les canaux de distribution habituels. Les "
|
||
"produits sont envoyés directement du fournisseur au client, sans passer par "
|
||
"votre propre entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick "
|
||
"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Stratégies d'Enlèvement** : la stratégie à utiliser pour choisir quel "
|
||
"produit prélever pour une opération spécifique. Exemple : FIFO, LIFO, FEFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a "
|
||
"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables "
|
||
"goes in rack 3, storage A)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Stratégies d'Entrée en Stock** : la stratégie à utiliser pour décider à "
|
||
"quel endroit chaque article doit être rangé à son arrivée. (exemple: les "
|
||
"câbles vont dans le rack 3, stockage A)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes"
|
||
" it from the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Mise au rebut** : Un article cassé ou obsolète. La mise au rebut d'un "
|
||
"article le supprime du stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Overview"
|
||
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des processus"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3
|
||
msgid "From procurement to delivery"
|
||
msgstr "De l'approvisionnement à la livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but "
|
||
"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show"
|
||
" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the"
|
||
" delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La gestion du stock est le cœur de votre entreprise. Ça peut être parfois "
|
||
"compliqué, mais avec Odoo, faire une réception ou une livraison n'a jamais "
|
||
"été aussi facile. Nous allons vous montrer dans ce document comment faire "
|
||
"facilement un cycle complet, de la réception à la livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as "
|
||
"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those "
|
||
"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, "
|
||
"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La Gestion du stock dans Odoo est entièrement interfacée avec les autres "
|
||
"applications, comme les **Achats** ou les **Ventes**. Mais pas seulement, "
|
||
"car elle est également entièrement interfacée avec les applications de "
|
||
"**eCommerce **, de **Fabrication** et de **Maintenance**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19
|
||
msgid "How to process a receipt ?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment traiter une réception ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Install Purchase application"
|
||
msgstr "Installez l'application de Gestion des achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tout d'abord, vous devrez Installer l'application de **Gestion des achats**."
|
||
" Allez dans **Applications** et installez-la."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Make a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr "Passez une commande fournisseur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for "
|
||
"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans l'application **Achats**. Le premier écran est la liste **Demande"
|
||
" de Prix**. Cliquez sur le bouton **Créer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some "
|
||
"products to your request for quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Complétez les informations **Fournisseur** puis cliquez sur **Ajouter un "
|
||
"élément** pour ajouter quelques articles à votre demande de prix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and "
|
||
"quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Confirmer la commande** quand vous êtes sûr des articles, des "
|
||
"prix et des quantités."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Retrieve the Receipt"
|
||
msgstr "Récupérez la réception"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48
|
||
msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:"
|
||
msgstr "Vous pouvez récupérer l'ordre de réception de 2 façons :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51
|
||
msgid "From the purchase order"
|
||
msgstr "Depuis la commande fournisseur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the "
|
||
"related **Receipt**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En haut à droite de votre commande fournisseur, vous trouverez un bouton "
|
||
"avec la **Réception** concernée :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136
|
||
msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez dessus pour voir l'**Ordre de Transfert**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139
|
||
msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard"
|
||
msgstr "Depuis le Tableau de bord de la Gestion de l'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see"
|
||
" the list of your deliveries to process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A l'ouverture de l'application de **Gestion de l'inventaire**, cliquez sur "
|
||
"**# à recevoir** pour voir la liste des réceptions à traiter."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70
|
||
msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:"
|
||
msgstr "Dans la liste, cliquez sur celle relative à la commande fournisseur :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Process the Receipt"
|
||
msgstr "Traitez la Réception"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the "
|
||
"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole "
|
||
"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour traiter le transfert de stock, cliquez simplement sur **Valider** pour "
|
||
"terminer le transfert. Un message apparaîtra, vous demandant si vous "
|
||
"souhaitez traiter l'ensemble de la commande, acceptez-le en cliquant sur "
|
||
"**Appliquer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document "
|
||
":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more "
|
||
"information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les approvisionnements peuvent être automatisés. Pour plus d'informations, "
|
||
"lisez notre documentation "
|
||
":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91
|
||
msgid "How to process a delivery order ?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment traiter un ordre de livraison ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94
|
||
msgid "Install Sales application"
|
||
msgstr "Installez l'application de Ventes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Apps` and install it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tout d'abord, vous devrez installer l'application **Gestion des ventes**. "
|
||
"Aller à :menuselection:`Applications` et installez-la."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103
|
||
msgid "Place a sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Passez une Commande Client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your"
|
||
" team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans l'application de **Ventes**. Cliquez sur le bouton **Devis** de "
|
||
"votre équipe."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** "
|
||
"button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous obtiendrez la liste de tous vos devis. Cliquez sur le bouton **Créer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add "
|
||
"some products to your quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Complétez les informations **Client**, puis cliquez sur **Ajouter un "
|
||
"élément** pour ajouter quelques articles à votre devis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Confirmer la vente** pour passer la commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123
|
||
msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order"
|
||
msgstr "Récupérez l'ordre de Livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125
|
||
msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:"
|
||
msgstr "Vous pouvez récupérer l'ordre de livraison de 2 façons :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128
|
||
msgid "From the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Depuis la commande client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related "
|
||
"**Delivery**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En haut à droite de votre commande client, vous trouverez un bouton avec la "
|
||
"**Livraison** concernée :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the "
|
||
"list of your receipts to process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A l'ouverture de l'application de **Gestion de l'inventaire**, cliquez sur "
|
||
"**# à faire** pour voir la liste des livraisons à traiter."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147
|
||
msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:"
|
||
msgstr "Dans la liste, cliquez sur celle relative à la commande client :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**"
|
||
" on your dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si l'article n'est pas en stock, la commande client sera **En attente** sur "
|
||
"votre tableau de bord."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Traiter la livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167
|
||
msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way."
|
||
msgstr "Les commandes de eCommerce sont traitées de la même façon."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery "
|
||
"methods. Please read the document "
|
||
":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez facilement intégrer vos ordres de livraison avec différentes "
|
||
"méthodes de livraison. Lisez le document "
|
||
":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175
|
||
msgid "Advanced flows"
|
||
msgstr "Flux avancés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. "
|
||
"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans ce document, seuls les flux plus simples sont expliqués. Odoo convient "
|
||
"aussi aux entreprises ayant une gestion d'entrepôt avancé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can "
|
||
"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal "
|
||
"transfers**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, seules les **réceptions** et les **livraisons** sont "
|
||
"configurées, mais vous pouvez activer l'utilisation multi-emplacements et "
|
||
"multi-entrepôts, et faire ainsi des **transferts internes**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184
|
||
msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Routes** : vous pouvez automatiser les flux avec des règles de flux "
|
||
"poussés et tirés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each "
|
||
"warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Des réceptions et des livraisons **Multi-étapes** peuvent être facilement "
|
||
"configurées"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-"
|
||
"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, "
|
||
"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Encore plus de fonctionnalités : **Lecture de Codes à Barres**, **Numéros de"
|
||
" Série**, **Lots**, **Transbordement**, **Livraison Directe**, interface "
|
||
"avec un transporteur **tiers**, stratégies de **Rangement en rayon** et "
|
||
"d'**Enlèvement**... Tout cela est possible avec Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Getting Started"
|
||
msgstr "Commencer"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment configurer l'inventaire dans Odoo ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should "
|
||
"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the "
|
||
"different screens you need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'application de Gestion de l'inventaire d'Odoo dispose d'un guide de mise "
|
||
"en œuvre que vous devriez suivre pour la configurer. C'est un manuel pas à "
|
||
"pas, avec des liens vers les différents écrans dont vous avez besoin."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-"
|
||
"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que vous avez installé l'application de **Gestion de "
|
||
"l'inventaire**, cliquez sur la barre de progression en haut à droite pour "
|
||
"accéder au guide de mise en œuvre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15
|
||
msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:"
|
||
msgstr "Le guide de mise en œuvre vous aide avec les étapes suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Set up your warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Import your vendors"
|
||
msgstr "Importez vos fournisseurs"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Import your products"
|
||
msgstr "Importez vos articles"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Set up the initial inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows"
|
||
msgstr "Configurez vos flux de ventes et d'achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory"
|
||
" valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Configurez les fonctionnalités avancées comme l'emballage, la traçabilité, "
|
||
"les routes et la valorisation des stocks."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you"
|
||
" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the"
|
||
" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure "
|
||
"and use your scanner optimally."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si, dans votre entrepôt, vous voulez gérer les opérations avec des lecteurs "
|
||
"de codes à barres, vous devez installer l'application **Codes à Barres**, "
|
||
"qui ajoute des fonctionnalités à l'application de Gestion de l'inventaire. "
|
||
"L'application de codes à barres vous guidera pour configurer et d'utiliser "
|
||
"votre scanner de manière optimale."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Advanced Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Routages Avancés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||
msgstr "Concepts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment organiser un transbordement dans votre entrepôt ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product "
|
||
"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This"
|
||
" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We "
|
||
"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place "
|
||
"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross "
|
||
"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post"
|
||
"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Warehouse and routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings"
|
||
" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of"
|
||
" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`,"
|
||
" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
|
||
msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41
|
||
msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
|
||
msgid "then click on **Save**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Cross Docking Route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route "
|
||
"for the remaining part:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is "
|
||
"created as an internal physical location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67
|
||
msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73
|
||
msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79
|
||
msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`"
|
||
msgstr ":menuselection:`Sortie de Stock --> Client`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Product with cross dock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created"
|
||
" above as well as the **Buy** route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed "
|
||
"for replenishment of a stockable product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95
|
||
msgid ":doc:`use_routes`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`use_routes`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment faire des transferts inter-entrepôts ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one "
|
||
"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory "
|
||
"application in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory "
|
||
"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** "
|
||
"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations "
|
||
"and routes in your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Creating a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Création d'un nouvel entrepôt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application "
|
||
"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on "
|
||
"**Create**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 "
|
||
"characters maximum."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on "
|
||
"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use"
|
||
" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have "
|
||
"been generated for your new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Creating a new inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Créez un nouvel inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical "
|
||
"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not"
|
||
" you can skip this step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control "
|
||
"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking "
|
||
"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to "
|
||
"select the right warehouse and location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez dans l'application inventaire, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Contrôle "
|
||
"de l'inventaire --> Ajustement de l'inventaire`. Vous pouvez créer un nouvel"
|
||
" inventaire en cliquant sur **Créer**. Introduisez la **Référence de "
|
||
"l'inventaire*, la **Date** et assurez-vous de choisir le bon entrepôt et le "
|
||
"bon emplacement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be"
|
||
" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the "
|
||
"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can "
|
||
"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales "
|
||
"orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of "
|
||
"all yours product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr "Créez un transfert interne"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2"
|
||
" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, "
|
||
"proceed as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two "
|
||
"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location "
|
||
"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone "
|
||
"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and "
|
||
"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting "
|
||
"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of "
|
||
"products in your source warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108
|
||
msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
|
||
msgstr "Il est également possible de transférer chaque produit manuellement :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115
|
||
msgid "Select the right transfer order"
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez le bon ordre de transfert"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to "
|
||
"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually "
|
||
"indicate how much products you process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the "
|
||
"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder "
|
||
"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a "
|
||
"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a procurement rule?"
|
||
msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle d'approvisionnement ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. "
|
||
"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's"
|
||
" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of "
|
||
"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the "
|
||
"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the "
|
||
"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, "
|
||
"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves"
|
||
" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer "
|
||
"dissatisfaction."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal"
|
||
" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, "
|
||
"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste "
|
||
"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs "
|
||
"of storing goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory "
|
||
"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products "
|
||
"using rules\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Procurement rules settings"
|
||
msgstr "Paramètres des règles d'approvisionnement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, "
|
||
"go to Configuration > Routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40
|
||
msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action "
|
||
"possibles :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Move from another location rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger "
|
||
"manufacturing rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already "
|
||
"defined."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152
|
||
msgid ":doc:`push_rule`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153
|
||
msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
|
||
msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a push rule?"
|
||
msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle de flux poussé ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to"
|
||
" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will "
|
||
"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. "
|
||
"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand "
|
||
"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push "
|
||
"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales "
|
||
"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem "
|
||
"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in "
|
||
"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
|
||
"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will "
|
||
"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the "
|
||
"inability to meet customer demand for the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon"
|
||
" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained "
|
||
"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow "
|
||
"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can "
|
||
"be triggered automatically or manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using"
|
||
" rules**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Push rules settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44
|
||
msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good "
|
||
"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In "
|
||
"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the "
|
||
"quality control location move to the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Stock transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your"
|
||
" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are "
|
||
"waiting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** "
|
||
"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, "
|
||
"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to"
|
||
" the main stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128
|
||
msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to use routes?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment utiliser des routages ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage"
|
||
" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer la chaine de fabrication"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Manage default locations per product"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les emplacements par défaut par produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as "
|
||
"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented "
|
||
"products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Gérez les locations, en créant des retour automatiques pour les produits "
|
||
"loués"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance "
|
||
"routing of products using rules**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
|
||
msgstr "Des routes pré-configurées"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application Inventaire, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Entrepôts`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and "
|
||
"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Custom Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application **Inventaire** application, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You "
|
||
"can combine several choices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Routes applied on warehouses"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be"
|
||
" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that "
|
||
"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Routes applied on products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will "
|
||
"be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
|
||
"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab,"
|
||
" select the route(s):"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez le produit sur lequel vous souhaitez appliquer les routes "
|
||
"(:menuselection:`Inventaire --> Contrôle --> Produits`). Dans l'onglet "
|
||
"Inventaire, sélectionnez la(les) route(s):"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84
|
||
msgid "Routes applied on Product Category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which "
|
||
"categories it will be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
|
||
"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)"
|
||
" under the **Logistics** section :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every "
|
||
"time you make a sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on"
|
||
" the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118
|
||
msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Procurement and push rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Please refer to the documents:"
|
||
msgstr "Veuillez vous référez aux documents suivants :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133
|
||
msgid "Procurement configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. "
|
||
"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on "
|
||
"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to "
|
||
"**Preferred Routes**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
|
||
msgid "Make-to-Order Route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use "
|
||
"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or "
|
||
"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the "
|
||
"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Product Costing"
|
||
msgstr "Coûts des Articles"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment intégrer les coûts à l'arrivée dans le coût des articles ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but "
|
||
"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have"
|
||
" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will "
|
||
"impact on company profits."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Applications configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check "
|
||
"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & "
|
||
"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price "
|
||
"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Landed Cost Types"
|
||
msgstr "Types de coûts logistiques"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed "
|
||
"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time "
|
||
"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured "
|
||
"on the product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
|
||
"Control --> Landed Costs`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to "
|
||
"attribute landed costs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend "
|
||
"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be "
|
||
"easier to keep track of your postings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split "
|
||
"across the picking lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr "Stratégies de rangement et de suppression"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a putaway strategy?"
|
||
msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une stratégie d'entrée ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move "
|
||
"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking "
|
||
"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most "
|
||
"appropriate location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to"
|
||
" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because "
|
||
"of a potential chemical reaction."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but "
|
||
"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the "
|
||
"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product "
|
||
"level)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check "
|
||
"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products"
|
||
" using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Setting up a strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain "
|
||
"product quality."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub "
|
||
"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a "
|
||
"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away "
|
||
"Strategy**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a "
|
||
"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the "
|
||
"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will "
|
||
"automatically be transferred to the correct location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
|
||
"Control --> Current Inventory`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67
|
||
msgid "There you can see current inventory by location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
|
||
msgstr "Qu'est-ce une stratégie de sortie (FIFO, LIFO et FEFO)?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best "
|
||
"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
|
||
"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products "
|
||
"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend "
|
||
"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or "
|
||
"on the **location**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application **Inventaire**, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
|
||
" Paramètres` :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per "
|
||
"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on "
|
||
"**Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the "
|
||
"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Types of removal strategy"
|
||
msgstr "Types de stratégie de retrait"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
|
||
msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
|
||
msgstr "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were "
|
||
"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they "
|
||
"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively "
|
||
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure "
|
||
"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une stratégie **First In First Out** implique que les produits entrées en "
|
||
"premier dans le stock, sortiront en premier. Les entreprises qui vendent des"
|
||
" produits périssables doivent utiliser la méthode FIFO. Les entreprises "
|
||
"vendant des articles dont le cycle de demande est relativement court, comme "
|
||
"des vêtements, peuvent également devoir choisir la méthode FIFO pour "
|
||
"s'assurer qu'elles ne sont pas coincées avec des styles périmés en stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
|
||
"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à :menuselection:`Stock --> Configuration --> Sites`, ouvrez "
|
||
"l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **FIFO**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr "Prenons un exemple de stratégie de sortie FIFO"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of "
|
||
"``iPod 32 Gb`` available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez trouver des détails sur l'inventaire disponible dans le rapport "
|
||
"d'évaluation de l'inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créez un bon de commande de ``25`` unités de ``iPod 32 GB`` et confirmez le."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
|
||
"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez voir dans le produit de l'envoi sortant que l'article ``Ipod 32 "
|
||
"Gb`` est assigné avec les lots **le plus anciens**, en utilisant la "
|
||
"stratégie de sortie FIFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75
|
||
msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, "
|
||
"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a "
|
||
"shelf life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
|
||
"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Emplacements`, "
|
||
"ouvrez l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **LIFO**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on"
|
||
" ``WH/Stock`` location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
|
||
"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100
|
||
msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
|
||
msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse"
|
||
" according to their expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the "
|
||
"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**"
|
||
" to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Cochez"
|
||
" l'option **Définir la date d'expiration des numéros en série**. Cliquez "
|
||
"ensuite sur **Appliquer** pour enregistrer les modifications."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial "
|
||
"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and "
|
||
"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this "
|
||
"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this "
|
||
"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
|
||
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym "
|
||
"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the "
|
||
"goods with this serial/lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to "
|
||
"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with "
|
||
"removal dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting "
|
||
"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates "
|
||
"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when "
|
||
"lots pass their **alert date**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are "
|
||
"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four"
|
||
" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: "
|
||
"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and "
|
||
"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields,"
|
||
" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set "
|
||
"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days "
|
||
"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to "
|
||
"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually "
|
||
"after the lot has been created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot "
|
||
"expiration date fields as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
|
||
msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153
|
||
msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date"
|
||
msgstr "Délai avant retrait --> Date de retrait"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155
|
||
msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date"
|
||
msgstr "Durée de vie du produit --> Fin de la date limite"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration"
|
||
" --> Locations` and choose FEFO."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in "
|
||
"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different "
|
||
"expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
|
||
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
|
||
msgstr "**Lot / Numéro de série**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
|
||
msgid "**Product**"
|
||
msgstr "**Produit**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
|
||
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
|
||
msgstr "**Date d'expiration**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
|
||
msgid "LOT0001"
|
||
msgstr "LOT0001"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
|
||
msgid "Ice Cream"
|
||
msgstr "Crème glacée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
|
||
msgid "08/20/2015"
|
||
msgstr "20/08/2015"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
|
||
msgid "LOT0002"
|
||
msgstr "LOT0002"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
|
||
msgid "08/10/2015"
|
||
msgstr "10/08/2015"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
|
||
msgid "LOT0003"
|
||
msgstr "LOT0003"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
|
||
msgid "08/15/2015"
|
||
msgstr "15/08/2015"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on "
|
||
"removal strategy **FEFO**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on"
|
||
" the removal dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Settings"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Products"
|
||
msgstr "Articles"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
|
||
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
|
||
"delivery strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
|
||
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
|
||
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
|
||
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
|
||
" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
|
||
"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
|
||
"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
|
||
"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
|
||
"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
|
||
" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
|
||
"values for a given product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
|
||
"multiple\" fields"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
|
||
"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
|
||
"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
|
||
"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
|
||
"other module where products are available)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64
|
||
msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to use different units of measure?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment utiliser différentes unités de mesure ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary."
|
||
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
|
||
" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, "
|
||
"you will need to convert the units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans certains cas, la gestion d'articles avec différentes unités de mesure "
|
||
"est nécessaire. Par exemple, si vous achetez des produits dans un pays qui "
|
||
"utilise le système métrique, et les vendez dans un pays qui utilise le "
|
||
"système impérial, vous aurez besoin de convertir les unités."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez configurer Odoo pour travailler avec différentes unités de "
|
||
"mesure pour un article."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be "
|
||
"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on "
|
||
"**Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application **Inventaire**, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
|
||
" Configuration`. Dans la section **Articles**, sélectionnez **Certains "
|
||
"articles peuvent être vendus/achetés avec différentes unités de mesure "
|
||
"(avancé)**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Setting up units on your products"
|
||
msgstr "Définnissez des unités sur vos articles"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which "
|
||
"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
|
||
"**Edit**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> Articles`, ouvrez l'article dont"
|
||
" vous souhaitez modifier l'unité de mesure d'achat/de vente, et cliquez sur "
|
||
"**Modifier**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product "
|
||
"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le champ **Unité de mesure**, sélectionnez l'unité dans laquelle le "
|
||
"produit sera vendu et dans laquelle les transferts internes seront faits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you "
|
||
"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le champ **Unité de mesure d'achat**, sélectionnez l'unité dans "
|
||
"laquelle vous achetez l'article. Quand vous avez terminé, cliquez sur "
|
||
"**Sauvegarder**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Transfer from one unit to another"
|
||
msgstr "Convertissez d'une unité à une autre"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la conversion entre unités, l'arrondi est fait automatiquement par "
|
||
"Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only "
|
||
"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'unité de mesure peut être changée à tout moment. La seule condition est "
|
||
"que l'unité de mesure fasse partie de la même catégorie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54
|
||
msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :"
|
||
msgstr "Dans cet exemple, dans le commerce des œufs :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56
|
||
msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)"
|
||
msgstr "Nous achetons des œufs par plateaux (30 œufs)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Nous vérifions tous les œufs individuellement à la réception (contrôle "
|
||
"qualité)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60
|
||
msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers"
|
||
msgstr "Nous vendons les œufs à la douzaine aux clients"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The "
|
||
"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le **Prix de vente** est exprimé dans l'**Unité de mesure de l'article**. Le"
|
||
" **Prix d'achat** est exprimé dans l'**Unité de mesure d'achat**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tous les transferts internes sont exprimés en **Unité de mesure de "
|
||
"l'article**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Procurement"
|
||
msgstr "Approvisionnement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of "
|
||
"measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quand vous faites votre demande d'approvisionnement, vous pouvez encore "
|
||
"modifier l'unité de mesure."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'unité de mesure peut également être modifiée dans la commande fournisseur "
|
||
":"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90
|
||
msgid "The quality control is done by unit."
|
||
msgstr "Le contrôle qualité est réalisé à l'unité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality "
|
||
"check is done by unit."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'unité de mesure de base de notre produit est l'**Unité**. Par conséquent, "
|
||
"le contrôle qualité se fait à l'unité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is "
|
||
"**Draft**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'unité de mesure ne peut être changée que lorsque le transfert est à l'état"
|
||
" **Brouillon**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Delivery process"
|
||
msgstr "Processus de livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the "
|
||
"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from"
|
||
" the unit to the dozen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les œufs sont vendus à la douzaine. Vous pouvez choisir l'unité de mesure "
|
||
"sur le document de la commande client. En faisant cela, le prix est "
|
||
"automatiquement calculé à partir de l'unité vers la douzaine."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of"
|
||
" measure :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'ordre de livraison, la demande initiale est effectuée dans l'unité de"
|
||
" mesure de la commande client :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is "
|
||
"converted automatically :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mais le transfert est effectué dans l'unité de mesure de l'article. Tout est"
|
||
" automatiquement converti :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?"
|
||
msgstr "Quand utiliser des emballages, des unités de mesure ou des kits ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Unit of measures"
|
||
msgstr "Unités de mesure"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product."
|
||
" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les unités de mesures sont une indication sur l'unité utilisée pour gérer un"
|
||
" article. Les articles peuvent être décrits dans plusieurs unités de mesure."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activez cette option si vous utilisez plusieurs unités de mesure dans votre "
|
||
"entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your"
|
||
" warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'unité de mesure d'achat peut être différente de celle que vous utilisez "
|
||
"dans votre entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'unité de mesure de vente est définie sur la commande client, et peut être "
|
||
"différente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The conversion between the different units of measures is done "
|
||
"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the "
|
||
"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La conversion entre les différentes unités de mesure est faite "
|
||
"automatiquement. La seule condition est que toutes les unités soient dans la"
|
||
" même catégorie (Unité, Poids, Volume, Longueur,...)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Packages"
|
||
msgstr "Colis"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'emballage est le conteneur physique dans lequel vous mettez un ou "
|
||
"plusieurs articles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Packaging"
|
||
msgstr "Conditionnement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product."
|
||
msgstr "L'emballage est le conteneur physique qui protège votre produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the "
|
||
"notice and the power plug."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous vendez des ordinateurs, l'emballage contient l'ordinateur, la notice"
|
||
" et le câble d'alimentation."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45
|
||
msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose."
|
||
msgstr "Dans Odoo, les emballages ne sont utilisées qu'à titre indicatif."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is "
|
||
"only for indicative purpose."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans les **Colis*, vous pouvez définir quel **Emballage** est utilisé. Mais "
|
||
"c'est seulement à titre indicatif."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55
|
||
msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?"
|
||
msgstr "Quand utiliser des colis, des emballages ou des unités de mesure ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs "
|
||
"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit"
|
||
" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, supposons que vous vendez des œufs. Dans votre entrepôt, vous "
|
||
"gérez les œufs individuellement. De nombreux œufs sont mis au rebut et vous "
|
||
"le faites œuf par œuf. L'**unité de mesure** est l'`` Unité``."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the"
|
||
" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous vendez des œufs à la douzaine, l'**unité de mesure** de vente est la"
|
||
" ``Douzaine``. Vous le définirez sur votre commande client."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the "
|
||
"**packaging**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le ``plateau en carton`` qui contient la douzaine d'œufs est "
|
||
"l'**emballage**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a "
|
||
"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous vendez plusieurs plateaux, vous pouvez rassembler tous les "
|
||
"plateaux dans une ``boite`` ou dans un emballage en ``plastique``. C'est le "
|
||
"**colis**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71
|
||
msgid ":doc:`uom`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`uom`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using product variants"
|
||
msgstr "Utilisation de variantes d'articles"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, "
|
||
"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level "
|
||
"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les variantes d'article sont utilisées pour gérer les produits ayant "
|
||
"différentes variations, comme la taille, la couleur, etc. Il permet de gérer"
|
||
" l'article au niveau du modèle (pour toutes les variantes) et au niveau de "
|
||
"la variante (attributs spécifiques)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A titre d'exemple, une entreprise qui vend des t-shirts peut avoir l'article"
|
||
" suivant :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13
|
||
msgid "B&C T-shirt"
|
||
msgstr "B&C T-shirt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
|
||
msgstr "Tailles : S, M, L, XL, XXL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black"
|
||
msgstr "Couleurs : Bleu, Rouge, Blanc, Noir"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C "
|
||
"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans cet exemple, **B&C T-Shirt** est le modèle d'article, et **B&C T-Shirt,"
|
||
" S, Bleu** est une variante. La taille et la couleur sont des **attributs**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)."
|
||
" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'exemple ci-dessus a un total de 20 articles différents (5 tailles x 4 "
|
||
"couleurs). Chacun de ces articles a son propre stock, ses propres ventes, "
|
||
"etc..."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Impact of variants"
|
||
msgstr "Impact des variantes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the "
|
||
"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Code à barres**: le code et le code à barres est associé à la variante, "
|
||
"pas au modèle. Chaque variante peut avoir son propre code à barres / UGS."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed "
|
||
"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant "
|
||
"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on "
|
||
"the template or the variant."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Prix**: chaque variante du produit a son propre prix public qui est "
|
||
"calculée en fonction du prix du modèle (20€) avec un prix supplémentaire "
|
||
"pour chaque variante (+3€ pour la couleur rouge). Cependant, vous pouvez "
|
||
"définir des règles sur le tarif qui s'appliquent au modèle ou à la variante."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own "
|
||
"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For "
|
||
"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory "
|
||
"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by "
|
||
"variant)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Inventaire**: le stock est géré par variante de produit. Vous ne possédez "
|
||
"pas des t-shirts, vous possédez des \"T-shirts, S, Rouge\", ou des "
|
||
"\"T-shirts, M, Bleu\". A titre d'information, sur la fiche du modèle "
|
||
"d'article, est indiqué l'inventaire qui est la somme de toutes les "
|
||
"variantes. (Mais l'inventaire réel est calculé par variante)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a "
|
||
"product may have its own primary picture."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Image**: l'image est liée à la variante, chaque variante d'un article peut"
|
||
" avoir sa propre image."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. "
|
||
"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: "
|
||
"Income Account, Taxes)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Autres champs**: la plupart des autres champs appartiennent au modèle "
|
||
"d'article. Si vous les mettez à jour, cela met automatiquement à jour toutes"
|
||
" les variantes (par ex. : compte de revenus, taxes)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Should you use variants?"
|
||
msgstr "Devez-vous utiliser des variantes ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53
|
||
msgid "When should you use variants?"
|
||
msgstr "Quand devez-vous utiliser des variantes ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:"
|
||
msgstr "L'utilisation de variantes a les conséquences suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product "
|
||
"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he "
|
||
"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**eCommerce** : dans votre boutique en ligne, le client ne verra que les "
|
||
"modèles d'article dans le catalogue. Une fois que le visiteur clique sur un "
|
||
"tel article, il aura des options à choisir parmi les variantes (couleurs, "
|
||
"tailles, ...)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material"
|
||
" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. "
|
||
"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you"
|
||
" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are "
|
||
"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Fabrication**: l'utilisation de variantes permet de définir une seule "
|
||
"nomenclature par modèle d'article, et de légères variations pour certaines "
|
||
"des variantes. Exemple: au lieu de créer une nomenclature pour \"T-shirt, "
|
||
"Rouge, S\", vous créez une nomenclature pour \"T-shirt\" et vous ajoutez "
|
||
"quelques lignes qui sont spécifiques à la dimension S, et d'autres "
|
||
"spécifiques à la la couleur Rouge."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of "
|
||
"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of "
|
||
"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't"
|
||
" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create "
|
||
"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Tarification**: le prix par défaut d'un article est calculé en utilisant "
|
||
"le prix du modèle d'article, et en ajoutant le prix supplémentaire pour "
|
||
"chaque attirbut de la variante. De cette façon, les prix des variantes sont "
|
||
"plus faciles à maintenir puisque vous n'êtes pas obligé de définir le prix "
|
||
"pour chaque variante. Il est toutefois aussi possible de créer des règles de"
|
||
" tarif pour fixer le prix par variante."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77
|
||
msgid "When should you avoid using variants?"
|
||
msgstr "Quand devez-vous éviter d'utiliser des variantes ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You "
|
||
"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity "
|
||
"of managing lots of products that are similars."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'utilisation de variantes peut ajouter un niveau de complexité sur la façon"
|
||
" dont vous utilisez Odoo. Vous ne devez envisager d'utiliser des variantes "
|
||
"que pour réduire la complexité de la gestion des lots d'articles qui sont "
|
||
"similaires."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you"
|
||
" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import "
|
||
"product templates and all their related variations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, l'importation de votre liste d'articles pré-existants est plus "
|
||
"complexe si vous utilisez des variantes. Vous ne pouvez pas juste importer "
|
||
"une liste d'articles, vous devez importer les modèles d'articles et leur "
|
||
"variantes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that "
|
||
"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an "
|
||
"example, a company having these products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En plus de cela, vous devez également sélectionner avec soin les "
|
||
"caractéristiques que vous gérez en tant que modèles de d'articles distincts "
|
||
"et ceux que vous gérez en variantes. A titre d'exemple, une entreprise ayant"
|
||
" ces produits :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts"
|
||
msgstr "Qualité : T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Color: Red, Blue"
|
||
msgstr "Couleur : Rouge, Bleu"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111
|
||
msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL"
|
||
msgstr "Taille : S, M, L, XL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of "
|
||
"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two "
|
||
"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or "
|
||
"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the "
|
||
"e-Commerce:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans une telle situation, vous pourriez créer 1 modèle avec trois dimensions"
|
||
" de variantes (Qualité, Couleur, Taille). Mais il est plutôt recommandé de "
|
||
"créer trois modèles de produits différents, car des T-shirts diffèrent "
|
||
"fortement des polos ou des chemises, et les clients s'attendent à voir cela "
|
||
"comme trois produits différents dans les boutiques de eCommerce:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103
|
||
msgid "Product Template: T-shirt"
|
||
msgstr "Modèle d'article : T-shirt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Product Template: Polos"
|
||
msgstr "Modèle d'article : Polos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Activate the variant feature"
|
||
msgstr "Activer la fonctionnalité de variante"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product "
|
||
"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the "
|
||
"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products "
|
||
"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several "
|
||
"attributes**, then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avant de pouvoir utiliser des variantes d'articles, vous devez d'abord "
|
||
"activer les variantes d'article dans les réglages. Pour ce faire, vous devez"
|
||
" aller dans l'application de Ventes. Dans le menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`, recherchez la ligne "
|
||
"**Variantes d'articles**, et cochez l'option **Les produits peuvent avoir "
|
||
"plusieurs attributs...**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Creating products with variants"
|
||
msgstr "Création d'articles avec des variantes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your "
|
||
"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> "
|
||
"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que vous avez activé l'option de variante, vous pouvez ajouter des "
|
||
"variantes à vos articles. Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application de Ventes,"
|
||
" puis dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles`. C'est également accessible "
|
||
"à partir des applications Achats et Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135
|
||
msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Maintenant, cliquez sur l'article auquel vous voulez ajouter des variantes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in "
|
||
"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. "
|
||
"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on "
|
||
"**Create**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sur la fiche article, un nouvel onglet appelé Variantes est présent. Le "
|
||
"nombre écrit en violet en haut de la fiche est le nombre de variantes que "
|
||
"l'article possède actuellement. Pour ajouter de nouvelles variantes, cliquez"
|
||
" sur ce bouton \"# Variantes\". Dans la nouvelle fenêtre, cliquez sur "
|
||
"**Créer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of "
|
||
"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create "
|
||
"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans **Caractéristiques**, cliquez sur le menu déroulant et sélectionnez le "
|
||
"type de la variante que vous souhaitez ajouter. Si la variante n'existe pas "
|
||
"encore, vous pouvez la créer à la volée en cliquant sur Créer et modifier "
|
||
"..."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the "
|
||
"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the "
|
||
"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la fenêtre Caractéristiques, le champ **Valeur** est la description de "
|
||
"l'attribut tel que Vert, Plastique ou 32Go. Le champ **Attribut** est le "
|
||
"type de variante, comme Couleur, Matériau ou Mémoire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the "
|
||
"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on "
|
||
"**Save**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ajouter à la volée un coût pour la variante, dans le champ "
|
||
"**Supplément pour cette caractéristique**, ou choisir de le modifier "
|
||
"ultérieurement. Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également ajouter un code à barres et une référence interne "
|
||
"différents à la variante."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on "
|
||
"**Save**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les spécifications de la variante, cliquez "
|
||
"sur **Sauvegarder**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167
|
||
msgid "Managing Product Variants"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des Variantes d'Article"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two "
|
||
"variant attributes :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les exemples ci-dessous sont tous basés sur ce modèle d'article qui a deux "
|
||
"variantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175
|
||
msgid "T-Shirt B&C"
|
||
msgstr "T-Shirt B&C"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177
|
||
msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White"
|
||
msgstr "Couleur : Rouge, Bleu, Blanc"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179
|
||
msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
|
||
msgstr "Taille : S, M, L, XL, XXL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182
|
||
msgid "Managing combination possibilities"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion des possibilités de combinaison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products "
|
||
"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, "
|
||
"you can deactivate the white product variant."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, avec le modèle d'article ci-dessus, vous avez 15 articles "
|
||
"différents (3 couleurs, 5 tailles). Si la taille XXL n'existe que pour des "
|
||
"t-shirts rouges et bleus, vous pouvez désactiver la variante blanche."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt."
|
||
" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, "
|
||
"XXL."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton **15 Variantes**, sélectionnez le "
|
||
"T-shirt XXL, Rouge. Dans la fiche de l'article, décochez la case **Actif**. "
|
||
"Faites de même pour l'article T-shirt XXL, Bleu."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cette désactivation d'article est une chose différente que d'avoir un "
|
||
"inventaire de 0."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200
|
||
msgid "Setting a price per variant"
|
||
msgstr "Définition d'un prix par variante"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ajouter un coût à ajouter au prix principal pour certaines "
|
||
"variantes d'un article."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your "
|
||
"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> "
|
||
"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the "
|
||
"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que vous avez activé l'option de variante, vous pouvez ajouter des "
|
||
"variantes à vos articles. Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application de Ventes,"
|
||
" puis dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles` et cliquez sur l'article que"
|
||
" vous voulez modifier. Cliquez sur le bouton **Prix de la Variante** pour "
|
||
"accéder à la liste des valeurs de variante."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields "
|
||
"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the "
|
||
"variant that will be added to the original price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur le nom de la variante à laquelle vous souhaitez ajouter une "
|
||
"valeur, pour rendre les 3 champs modifiables. Dans le champ **Supplément "
|
||
"pour cette caractéristique**, ajoutez le coût de la variante qui sera ajouté"
|
||
" au prix initial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220
|
||
msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les valeurs supplémentaires, cliquez sur "
|
||
"**Sauvegarder**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
|
||
msgstr "Quelle sont les différences entre des entrepôts et des emplacements ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items "
|
||
"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, un **Entrepôt** est le bâtiment où vos articles sont stockés. "
|
||
"Vous pouvez configurer plusieurs entrepôts et créer des mouvements entre "
|
||
"entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be "
|
||
"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an "
|
||
"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is "
|
||
"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure "
|
||
"as much locations as you need under one warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un **Emplacement** est un espace spécifique dans votre entrepôt. Il peut "
|
||
"être considéré comme une sous-localisation de votre entrepôt, ça peut être "
|
||
"une étagère, un plancher, une allée, etc... Par conséquent, un emplacement "
|
||
"fait partie d'un seul entrepôt et il est impossible de relier un emplacement"
|
||
" à plusieurs entrepôts. Vous pouvez configurer autant d'emplacements que "
|
||
"vous voulez dans un entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15
|
||
msgid "There are 3 types of locations:"
|
||
msgstr "Il existe 3 types d'emplacements :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
|
||
"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and "
|
||
"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les **Emplacements Physiques** sont des emplacements internes qui font "
|
||
"partie des entrepôts que vous possédez. Ça peut être les zones de chargement"
|
||
" et de déchargement de votre entrepôt, une étagère, un service, etc..."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
|
||
"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only "
|
||
"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les **Emplacements des Partenaires** sont des espaces dans l'entrepôt d'un "
|
||
"client et/ou d'un fournisseur. Ils fonctionnent de la même manière que les "
|
||
"Emplacements Physiques, la seule différence étant que vous n'êtes pas "
|
||
"propriétaire de l'entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
|
||
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
|
||
"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of "
|
||
"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into "
|
||
"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les **Emplacements Virtuels** sont des lieux qui n'existent pas, mais dans "
|
||
"lesquels les produits peuvent être placés quand ils ne sont pas encore (ou "
|
||
"plus) physiquement dans un stock. Ils sont utilisés lorsque vous voulez "
|
||
"placer des articles perdus hors de votre stock (dans la **Perte de stock**),"
|
||
" ou lorsque vous voulez prendre en compte des articles qui sont sur le "
|
||
"chemin de votre entrepôt (**Approvisionnement**) ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your "
|
||
"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
|
||
"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the "
|
||
"organization of your warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, les emplacements sont organisés hiérarchiquement. Vous pouvez "
|
||
"organiser vos emplacements comme un arbre, avec des relations parent-enfant."
|
||
" Cela vous donne des niveaux plus détaillés de l'analyse de vos opérations "
|
||
"de stock et de l'organisation de vos entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44
|
||
msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48
|
||
msgid ":doc:`location_creation`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to create a new location?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment créer un nouvel emplacement ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Creating a new location"
|
||
msgstr "Création d'un nouvel emplacement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to "
|
||
"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**"
|
||
" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
|
||
"click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour pouvoir créer de nouveaux emplacements, vous devez permettre au système"
|
||
" de gérer plusieurs sites. Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez le menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section "
|
||
"**Emplacement & Entrepôt**, cochez la case **Gérer plusieurs emplacements "
|
||
"par entrepôt**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on "
|
||
"**Create**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Gestion d'entrepôt --> Emplacements` Dans la fenêtre Emplacements, cliquez "
|
||
"sur **Créer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the"
|
||
" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, "
|
||
"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed"
|
||
" to a location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Saisissez le nom de l'emplacement dans le champ **Nom de l'emplacement**, et"
|
||
" sélectionnez l'**Emplacement Parent** dans la liste. L'emplacement parent "
|
||
"peut être un emplacement physique, un partenaire ou un emplacement virtuel, "
|
||
"et vous pouvez ajouter autant de sous-emplacements que nécessaire dans un "
|
||
"emplacement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to"
|
||
" describe your location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également remplir les champs **Information complémentaire** et "
|
||
"ajouter une note pour décrire votre emplacement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35
|
||
msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**."
|
||
msgstr "Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are "
|
||
"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, "
|
||
"containing all the sublocations in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un entrepôt correspond également à un emplacement. Comme les emplacements "
|
||
"sont hiérarchiques, Odoo va créer l'emplacement parent entrepôt, contenant "
|
||
"tous les sous-emplacements."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47
|
||
msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to create a new warehouse?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment créer un nouvel entrepôt ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to "
|
||
"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**"
|
||
" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
|
||
"click on **apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour pouvoir créer de nouveaux entrepôts, vous devez permettre au système de"
|
||
" gérer plusieurs sites. Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez le menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section "
|
||
"**Emplacement & Entrepôt**, cochez la case **Gérer plusieurs emplacements "
|
||
"par entrepôt**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion d'entrepôt --> Entrepôts`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 "
|
||
"fields :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'écran des entrepôts, cliquez sur **Créer**. Un nouvel écran apparaît,"
|
||
" avec 3 champs :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25
|
||
msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "Dans **Nom de l'entrepôt**, insérez le nom complet de l'entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. "
|
||
"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so "
|
||
"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le champ **Nom court**, insérer un code à 5 caractères pour votre "
|
||
"entrepôt. Gardez à l'esprit que ce code est celui qui apparaîtra dans les "
|
||
"listes, alors assurez-vous de choisir un nom qui soit facile à comprendre et"
|
||
" à saisir."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one "
|
||
"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the "
|
||
"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and "
|
||
"edit it afterwards."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le champ **Adresse**, vous pouvez sélectionner une entreprise existante"
|
||
" ou en créer une à la volée. Ainsi, l'adresse de votre entrepôt sera la même"
|
||
" que celle de la société que vous avez sélectionnée. Vous pouvez aussi "
|
||
"laisser ce champ vide et le modifier ultérieurement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder** pour terminer la configuration de votre nouvel "
|
||
"entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking "
|
||
"types and main child locations for this main location in the background."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous créez un entrepôt, le système va autoamtiquement créer les "
|
||
"types de prélèvement nécessaires et les principaux emplacements enfants pour"
|
||
" cet emplacement principal."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Shipping Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Opérations d'Expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition envoyée à un transporteur ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
|
||
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
|
||
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
|
||
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
|
||
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
|
||
"Tracking Ref**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
|
||
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
|
||
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment envoyer une demande d'expédition après en avoir annulé une autre?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
|
||
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
|
||
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
|
||
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
|
||
msgstr "Il y a deux façons de facturer les frais de port :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
|
||
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également utiliser le système de calcul de la société de "
|
||
"transport. Consultez le document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Facturez le prix indiqué sur l'ordre de vente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
|
||
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
|
||
msgstr "Facturez les frais de port réels"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
|
||
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Retournez sur le bon de commande, le coût réel a été ajouté à celui-ci."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"''base sur temps et material, refacturer le client\n"
|
||
"Quand Vous creez la facture, elle va prendre le prix inscrit dans l'ordinateur.\n"
|
||
"''base sur ordres de vente'' ne refacturer pas le client\n"
|
||
"Si Vous partagez la livraison et en faire quelque ordres , chaque livraison va ajouter une ligne a l'ordre de ventes. \n"
|
||
"Si Vous devez faire une exception pour une facture qui doit etre refacturer au clent, n'instalez pas le compte analytique pour cette facture."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
|
||
"add a line to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
|
||
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
|
||
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
|
||
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
|
||
msgstr "Configurez votre mode de livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour configurer vos modes de livraison, allez dans module **Inventaire**, "
|
||
"cliquez sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modes de livraison`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
|
||
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
|
||
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
|
||
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Company configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration de l'entreprise"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
|
||
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
|
||
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
|
||
"data**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Product configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration d'article"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
|
||
"computation cannot be done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
|
||
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
|
||
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
|
||
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
|
||
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
|
||
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment gérer plusieurs colis pour le même ordre de livraison ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
|
||
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
|
||
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
|
||
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour configurer l'utilisation des colis, allez dans le menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Repérez la "
|
||
"section **Colis** et cochez **Enregistrer les colis utilisés pour "
|
||
"l'emballage : palettes, boîtes,...**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Appliquer** quand vous avez terminé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Commande client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui qui convient."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
|
||
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
|
||
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez la quantité que vous voulez mettre dans le premier emballage dans"
|
||
" la colonne **Terminé**, puis cliquez sur le lien **Ajouter au colis**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
|
||
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
|
||
msgstr "Cela créera automatiquement un colis avec la quantité demandée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Répétez les mêmes étapes pour les autres article que vous voulez emballer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur Valider lorsque vous avez terminé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
|
||
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
|
||
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
|
||
"underneath:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Shipping Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer de l'Expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment configurer une méthode de livraison ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
|
||
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
|
||
"but also on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
|
||
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
|
||
"compute the real price and the packagings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Install the inventory module"
|
||
msgstr "Installez le module inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
|
||
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
|
||
" order to see it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
|
||
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
|
||
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
|
||
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
|
||
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
|
||
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
|
||
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
|
||
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
|
||
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
|
||
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
|
||
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
|
||
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
|
||
"chosen delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
|
||
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo DHL API, vous aurez besoin de :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
|
||
msgstr "Identifiant ID du site DHL.com"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A DHL Password"
|
||
msgstr "Un mot de passe DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
|
||
msgstr "Numéro de compte DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
|
||
"Rest of the world)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
|
||
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
|
||
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as "
|
||
"given in the demo data:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26
|
||
msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28
|
||
msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV"
|
||
msgstr "**Mot de passe**: alkd89nBV"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577"
|
||
msgstr "**Numéro de compte DHL** : 803921577"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment intégrer un expéditeur tiers ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
|
||
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
|
||
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
|
||
" shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
|
||
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
|
||
"will appear on your ecommerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
|
||
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
|
||
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
|
||
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
|
||
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
|
||
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
|
||
"United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
|
||
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
|
||
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
|
||
"method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez désormais choisir le transporteur sur votre bon de commande. "
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui que vous voulez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
|
||
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
|
||
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
|
||
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
|
||
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le cas contraire, le prix réel (appliqué lorsque la livraison est "
|
||
"validée) sera automatiquement ajouté à la facture. Pour plus d'informations,"
|
||
" veuillez lire le document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
|
||
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
|
||
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
|
||
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment obtenir les informations d'identification UPS pour l'intégration "
|
||
"avec Odoo ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo UPS API, vous aurez besoin de :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "Un ID utilisateur et un mot de passe UPS.com"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A UPS account number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "An Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "Une clé d'accès"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the"
|
||
" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
|
||
msgstr "Créez un compte UPS"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
|
||
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
|
||
"Service in order to to open an account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
|
||
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur comment ouvrir un compte UPS sur leur"
|
||
" site Web, à la page `Comment ouvrir un compte UPS en ligne "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
|
||
"online profile by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
|
||
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"1. Connectez-vous au site Web UPS.com sur `www.ups.com "
|
||
"<http://www.ups.com/>`__, et cliquez sur le lien **Nouvel utilisateur** dans"
|
||
" le haut de la page."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
|
||
"complete the registration process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)"
|
||
" using your UPS.com User ID and Password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet **Mon UPS**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
|
||
"Details** section of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
|
||
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
|
||
" States.q"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
|
||
msgstr "Pour continuer, cliquez sur le bouton **Suivant**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Get an Access Key"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
|
||
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page "
|
||
"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Verify your contact information"
|
||
msgstr "Vérifiez vos informations de contact"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
|
||
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
|
||
"contact."
|
||
msgstr ""
|